-
81 tout
c black tout, toute [tu, tut]━━━━━━━━━1. adjective3. adverb━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque tout fait partie d'une locution comme en tout cas, tout le temps, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = entier)b. ( = unique) only• pour tout mobilier, il avait un lit et une table the only furniture he had was a bed and a tablec. (indéfini)2. <• tout ce que je sais, c'est qu'il est parti all I know is that he's gone• ne croyez pas tout ce qu'il raconte don't believe everything he tells you► tout ce qu'il y a de ( = extrêmement) most• c'était tout ce qu'il y a de chic it was the last word in chic► avoir tout de + nom• l'organisation a tout d'une secte the organization is nothing less than a sect► à tout va (inf) [licencier, investir, recruter] like mad (inf) ; [libéralisme, communication, consommation] unbridled• à l'époque, on construisait à tout va at that time there were buildings going up everywhere► en tout ( = au total) in all• ça coûte 1 000 € en tout it costs 1,000 euros in all• leurs programmes politiques s'opposent en tout their political programmes clash in every way► en tout et pour tout all in all• il lui reste 150 euros en tout et pour tout he only has a total of 150 euros left► et tout (inf) and everything• avec les vacances et tout, je n'ai pas eu le temps what with the holidays and all (inf), I didn't have time• j'avais préparé le dîner, fait le ménage et tout et tout I'd made the dinner, done the housework and everything► c'est + tout• ce sera tout ? will that be all?• et ce n'est pas tout ! and that's not all!• c'est pas tout ça, mais il est tard (inf) all this is very nice, but it's getting late► ce n'est pas tout de• ce n'est pas tout de faire son métier, il faut le faire bien it's not enough just to do your job, you have to do it well• cette idée avait surpris et pour tout dire n'avait pas convaincu this idea surprised everybody and, to be honest, wasn't convincing• écoutez bien tous ! listen, all of you!━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━✦ The final s of tous is pronounced only when it is a pronoun.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━3. <a. ► tout + adjectif ( = très) very ; ( = entièrement) quite• toute petite, elle aimait la campagne as a very small child she liked the country► tout (+ en) + nom• je suis tout ouïe ! I'm all ears!• le jardin est tout en fleurs the garden is a mass of flowers► tout + adverbeb. ( = déjà) tout prêtc. ► tout en + participe présent• je suis incapable de travailler tout en écoutant de la musique I can't work and listen to music at the same time• tout en prétendant le contraire il voulait être élu although he pretended otherwise he wanted to be electedd. (locutions)• vous êtes d'accord ? -- tout à fait ! do you agree? -- absolutely!► tout à l'heure ( = plus tard) later ; ( = peu avant) a short while ago• tout à l'heure tu as dit que... you said earlier that...• ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( = ce n'est pas près d'arriver) it won't happen overnight ; ( = c'est improbable) it's hardly likely to happen4. <a. ( = ensemble) whole• prendre le tout to take all of it (or them)b. ( = essentiel) le tout c'est de faire vite the main thing is to be quick about it• ce n'est pas le tout de s'amuser, il faut travailler there's more to life than enjoying yourself, people have got to workc. (locutions)► du tout• pas du tout ! not at all!* * *tu
1.
en tout — ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect
tout bien compté or pesé or considéré — all in all
tout est là — fig that's the whole point
et tout et tout — (colloq) and all that sort of thing
ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir — it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished
2) tous tus, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/youtoutes tant qu'elles sont — all of them, each and every one of them
est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? — will it suit everybody ou everyone?
2.
1) ( exprimant la totalité)bois tout ton lait — drink all your milk, drink up your milk
2) ( véritable)c'est tout un travail/événement — it's quite a job/an event
3) (devant ce qui/que/dont) ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything‘tu en es sûr?’ - ‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ — ‘are you sure?’ - ‘as sure as can be’
4) ( n'importe quel) anyà tout moment — ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly
5) ( total)en toute innocence/franchise — in all innocence/honesty
6) (unique, seul)il a souri pour toute réponse — his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply
on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages — all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables
en toutes choses — in all things, in everything
toutes les pages sont déchirées — all the pages are torn, every page is torn
nous irons tous les deux — both of us will go, we'll both go
8) ( chaque) tous/toutes les every
3.
adverbe (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)1) (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) alltout étonnées/toutes honteuses — very surprised/ashamed
tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner — as a small child she already liked to draw
être tout mouillé/sale — to be all wet/dirty
c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire — it's a different matter altogether
2) ( devant un nom)c'est tout le portrait de sa mère — she's the spitting ou very image of her mother
c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire — it's the very opposite
avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre — you see everything in black and white
3) ( tout à fait)tout à côté de/contre/en haut — right by/against/at the top
ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur — they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat
4) ( d'avance)5) ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although6) (marquant la concession: quoique)tout malin/roi qu'il est, il... — he may be clever/a king, but he...
7) ( rien d'autre que)je suis tout ouïe — hum I'm all ears
4.
du tout locution adverbiale(pas) du tout, (point) du tout — not at all
5.
1) ( ensemble)former un tout — to make up ou form a whole
2)le tout — ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing
le tout est de réussir — the main ou most important thing is to succeed
ce n'est pas le tout! — (colloq) this is no good!
6.
Tout- (in compounds)le Tout-Paris/-Londres — the Paris/London smart set
Phrasal Verbs:••
••
Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière généraleOn emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I knowOn emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/grouptout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole bookMais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stayAvec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my lifetout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier
••
Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière généraleOn emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I knowOn emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/grouptout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole bookMais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stayAvec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my lifetout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier* * *tu, tut tout, -e tous mpl toutes fpl1. adj1) (avec article singulier) alltoute la nuit — all night, the whole night
tout le temps — all the time, the whole time
c'est toute une affaire; c'est toute une histoire — it's quite a business, it's a whole rigmarole
2) (avec article pluriel) (= chaque) every, (idée d'intégralité) alltoutes les deux semaines — every other week, every two weeks
toutes les trois semaines — every three weeks, every third week
tous les deux; Nous y sommes allés tous les deux. — We both went., Both of us went.
Nous y sommes allés tous les trois. — All three of us went.
Je les ai invités tous les trois. — I invited all three of them.
3) (sans article) (= n'importe quel)à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit — at any time of the day or night, (= seul)
pour toute nourriture, il avait... — his only food was..., (= chaque)
de tous côtés; de toutes parts (= de partout) — from everywhere, from every side, (= partout) all around
2. prontous; toutes — all
Il a tout fait. — He did everything.
Il a tout organisé. — He organized everything.
Je les vois tous. — I can see them all., I can see all of them.
Je les connais tous. — I know them all., I know all of them.
Nous y sommes tous allés. — We all went., All of us went.
Nous y sommes toutes allées. — We all went., All of us went.
tout de...; Elle a tout d'une mère. — She's a real mother., She's a true mother.
en tout — all together, altogether
tout ce que...; tout ce qu'il sait — all he knows
C'était tout ce qu'il y a de plus chic. — It was the last word in chic., It was the ultimate in chic.
3. nmCeci forme un tout. — It forms a whole.
Je prends le tout. — I'll take it all., I'll take the whole lot.
le tout est de... — the main thing is to...
4. adv1) (= très, complètement) verytout près; tout à côté — very near
Elle habite tout près. — She lives very near.
le tout premier; la toute première — the very first
tout seul; toute seule — all alone
Il est tout seul. — He's all alone.
Elle est toute seule. — She's all alone.
Il était tout rouge. — He was all red in the face.
Elle était toute rouge. — She was all red in the face.
tout de suite — immediately, straight away
2)tout en... — while...
Il a fait son travail tout en chantant. — He sang as he worked., He sang while he worked.
tout à coup; tout d'un coup — suddenly
tout court; Charles-Henri, pouvez-vous... — Je vous en prie, appelez-moi Charles tout court. — Charles-Henri, could you... — Please, just call me Charles.
communication par internet, mais aussi communication tout court — communication via the internet, but also simply communication
tout à l'heure (passé) — just now, a short while ago
Je l'ai vu tout à l'heure. — I saw him just now., (futur) shortly, in a moment
Je finirai ça tout à l'heure. — I'll finish it in a moment.
* * *A pron indéf1 tout ( chaque chose) everything; ( n'importe quoi) anything; ( l'ensemble) all; penser à tout to think of everything; tout est prêt everything is ready; le sucre, les graisses, le sel, tout me fait mal sugar, fat, salt, everything is bad for me; être tout pour qn to be everything to sb; tout peut arriver anything can happen; le chien mange (de) tout the dog will eat anything; tout est prétexte à querelle(s) any pretext will do to start a quarrel; tout n'est pas perdu all is not lost; tout ou rien all or nothing; tout ou partie de qch all or part of sth; tout va bien all's well, everything's fine; en tout ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect; en tout et pour tout all told; et tout ça parce que/pour and all because/for; tout bien compté or pesé or considéré all in all; tout est là fig that's the whole point; c'est tout dire I need say no more; et tout et tout○ and all that sort of thing; et ce n'est pas tout! and that's not all!; ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished; avoir tout d'un singe/assassin to look just like a monkey/murderer; ⇒ bien, monde, salaire, or;2 tous, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/you; nous sommes tous des pécheurs we are all sinners; le film n'est pas à la portée de tous the film is not accessible to all; merci à tous thank you all; tous ensemble all together; ce sont tous d'anciens soldats all of them are ou they are all former soldiers; il les a tous cassés he has broken all of them, he's broken them all; il l'a dit devant nous tous he said it in front of all of us; leurs enfants, tous musiciens de talent their children, all of them talented musicians; tous ne sont pas d'accord not all of them agree; toutes tant qu'elles sont all of them, each and every one of them; vous tous qui le connaissez all of you who know him; écoutez-moi tous listen to me, all of you; est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? will it suit everybody ou everyone?B adj1 ( exprimant la totalité) bois tout ton lait drink all your milk, drink up your milk; tout le reste est à jeter everything else is to be thrown away; manger tout un pain to eat a whole loaf; tout Pompéi a été enseveli the whole of Pompeii was buried; tout Nice se réjouit the whole of ou all Nice rejoiced; il a plu toute la journée it rained all day (long) ou the whole day; pendant toute une année for a whole year; la semaine se passa toute à attendre the whole ou entire week was spent waiting; j'ai passé tout mon dimanche à travailler I spent the whole of ou all Sunday working; je ne l'ai pas vu de tout l'été I haven't seen him all summer; cet enfant est toute ma vie this child is my whole life; c'est tout le plaisir que tu y trouves? is that all the pleasure ou the only pleasure it gives you?; tout le problème est là that's where the problem lies; tout cela ne compte pas none of that counts; le meilleur dentiste de toute la ville the best dentist in town; tout le monde everybody; ⇒ cœur, monde, temps;2 ( véritable) c'est tout un travail/événement it's quite a job/an event; il a fait toute une histoire he made a real ou big fuss, he made quite a fuss; c'est tout un art there's a whole art to it;3 tout ce qui/que/dont ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything; tout ce qui compte all that matters; c'est tout ce que je fais that's all I do; tout ce dont j'ai besoin all I need; j'ai acheté tout ce qui était sur la liste I bought everything that was on the list; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he says anything that comes into his head; tout ce qu'il dit n'est pas vrai not all of what he says is true; tout ce que le village compte d'enfants, tout ce qu'il y a d'enfants dans le village all the children in the village; être tout ce qu'il y a de plus serviable to be most obliging; c'est tout ce qu'on fait de mieux it's the best there is; ‘tu en es sûr?’-‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ ‘are you sure?’-‘as sure as can be’, ‘absolutely sure’;4 ( n'importe quel) any; à tout âge at any age; de toute nature of any kind; à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit at all times of the day or night; ‘service à toute heure’ ‘24 hour service’; à tout moment ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly; tout prétexte leur est bon they'll jump at any excuse; toute personne qui anyone ou anybody who; toute autre solution serait rejetée any other solution would be rejected; tout autre que lui/toi aurait abandonné anybody else would have given up; toute publicité est interdite all advertising is prohibited; pour toute réclamation, s'adresser à… all complaints should be addressed to…; tout billet n'est pas valable not all tickets are valid; ⇒ vérité;5 (sans déterminant: total) en toute innocence/franchise in all innocence/honesty; en toute liberté with complete freedom; donner toute satisfaction to give complete satisfaction; c'est tout bénéfice it's all profit; il aurait tout intérêt à placer cet argent it would be in his best interests to invest this money; partir en toute hâte to leave in a great hurry; un jardin de toute beauté a most beautiful garden; être à toute extrémité to be close to death; ⇒ épreuve, hasard, prix, vitesse;6 (unique, seul) il a souri pour toute réponse his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply; on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables; elle a un chien pour toute compagnie the only company she has ou all she has for company is a dog;7 tous, toutes ( les uns et les autres sans distinction) all, every (+ v sg); ceci vaut pour tous les candidats this applies to all candidates ou to every candidate; en tous pays in all countries, in every country; en toutes choses in all things, in everything; toutes les pages sont déchirées all the pages are torn, every page is torn; les lettres ont toutes été signées the letters have all been signed; j'ai toutes les raisons de me plaindre I have every reason to complain; tous les hommes sont mortels all men are mortal; il a fait tous les métiers he's done all sorts of jobs; tous les prétextes leur sont bons they'll use any excuse (pour to); meubles tous budgets furniture to suit every pocket; tous deux se levèrent both of them got up, they both got up; nous irons tous les deux both of us will go, we'll both go; je les prends tous les trois/quatre etc I'm taking all three/four etc (of them);8 ( chaque) tous/toutes les every; à tous les coins de rue on every street corner; saisir toutes les occasions to seize every opportunity; tous les jours/mois/ans every day/month/year; tous les quarts d'heure/10 mètres every quarter of an hour/10 metres; un cachet toutes les quatre heures one tablet every four hours; tous les deux jours/mois every other day/month; tous les combien? how often?C adv (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)1 (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) all; tout doucement very gently; ils sont tout contents they are very happy; elles sont tout étonnées/toutes honteuses they are very surprised/ashamed; être tout excité to be very ou all excited; être tout jeune/petit to be very young/small; tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner as a small child she already liked to draw; c'est tout naturel it's quite natural; des yeux tout ronds de surprise eyes wide with surprise; être tout mouillé/sale to be all wet/dirty; tout seul dans la vie all alone in life; faire qch tout seul to do sth all by oneself; c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire it's a different matter altogether;2 ( devant un nom) c'est tout le portrait de sa mère she's the spitting ou very image of her mother; c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire it's the very opposite; ça m'en a tout l'air it looks very much like it to me; tu as tout le temps d'y réfléchir you've got plenty of time to think it over; avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre you see everything in black and white;3 ( tout à fait) la toute dernière ligne the very last line; les tout premiers fruits de l'été the very first fruits of summer; j'habite tout près I live very close by ou very near; tout près de very close to, very near; tout à côté de/contre/en haut right by/against/at the top; il les a mangés tout crus he ate them raw; un gâteau tout entier a whole cake; j'en sais tout autant que lui I know just as much as he does; c'est tout aussi cher it's just as expensive; vêtue tout de noir, tout de noir vêtue dressed all in black; maison tout en longueur very long and narrow house; un jeu tout en finesse a very subtle game; une semaine toute de fatigue a very tiring week; une vie toute de soucis a life full of worry; ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat; être tout en larmes to be in floods of tears; la colline est tout en fleurs the hill is a mass of flowers; elle est tout(e) à son travail she's totally absorbed in her work;4 ( d'avance) tout prêt ready-made; sauces/idées toutes faites ready-made sauces/ideas; des légumes tout épluchés ready-peeled vegetables; ⇒ cuit, vu;5 ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although; il lisait tout en marchant he was reading as he walked; elle le défendait tout en le sachant coupable she defended him although she knew he was guilty; ⇒ en;6 (marquant la concession: quoique) tout aussi étrange que cela paraisse however strange it may seem; tout prudemment que l'on conduise however carefully one drives; tout malins qu'ils sont, ils… clever though they may be, they…, they may be clever, but they…; toute reine qu'elle est, elle ne peut pas faire ça she may be a queen, but she can't do that;7 ( rien d'autre que) être tout énergie/muscle to be all energy/muscle; être tout sourires to be all smiles; je suis tout ouïe hum I'm all ears; veste tout cuir/laine all leather/wool jacket; ⇒ feu, sucre.D du tout loc adv pas du tout, point du tout liter not at all; sans savoir du tout without knowing at all; je ne le vois plus du tout I don't see him at all now; il ne m'en reste plus du tout I have none left at all; crois-tu qu'il m'ait remercié? du tout! do you think he thanked me? not at all!1 ( ensemble) former un tout to make up ou form a whole; mon tout ( charade) my whole, my all; du tout au tout completely;2 le tout ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing; vendre le tout pour 200 euros to sell the (whole) lot for 200 euros; le tout est de réussir/qu'il réussisse the main ou most important thing is to succeed/that he should succeed; le Grand Tout Relig the Great Whole; ce n'est pas le tout○! this is no good!tout à coup suddenly; tout d'un coup ( soudain) suddenly; ( à la fois) all at once; tout à fait ( entièrement) quite, absolutely; ce n'est pas tout à fait vrai/pareil it's not quite true/the same thing; c'est tout à fait vrai it's quite ou absolutely true; ‘tu es d'accord?’-‘tout à fait’ ‘do you agree?’-‘absolutely’; il est tout à fait charmant he's absolutely ou perfectly charming; être tout à fait pour/contre to be totally for/against; tout à l'heure ( bientôt) in a moment; ( peu avant) a little while ago, just now; à tout à l'heure! see you later!; tout de même ( quand même) all the same, even so; ( indigné) tout de même! really!, honestly!; ( vraiment) quite; tu aurais tout de même pu faire attention! all the same ou even so you might have been careful!; c'est tout de même un peu fort! really ou honestly, it's a bit much!; c'est tout de même bizarre que it's quite strange that; tout de suite at once, straight away; ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( ce n'est pas pressé) there's no rush; ( ce sera long) it's going to take some time.tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well; être tout yeux tout oreilles to be very attentive.[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) adjectif qualificatif (au singulier)il se plaint toute la journée he complains all the time ou the whole day longtout ceci/cela all (of) this/thatj'ai tout mon temps I've plenty of time ou all the time in the worldavec lui, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre with him, it's either (all) black or (all) white2. [devant un nom propre] allj'ai visité tout Paris en huit jours I saw all ou the whole of Paris in a week3. [devant un nom sans article]rouler à toute vitesse to drive at full ou top speeden toute franchise/simplicité in all sincerity/simplicity4. [avec une valeur emphatique]5. (comme adverbe) [entièrement] completely6. [unique, seul] onlyma fille est tout mon bonheur my daughter is my sole ou only source of happiness7. [suivi d'une relative]tout ce qui me gêne, c'est la différence d'âge the only thing ou all I'm worried about is the age differencetout ce qu'il y a de: ses enfants sont tout ce qu'il y a de bien élevés his children are very well-behaved ou are models of good behaviour————————[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) déterminant (adjectif indéfini)tout citoyen a des droits every citizen has rights, all citizens have rightspour tout renseignement, écrivez-nous for further information, write to usde tout temps since time immemorial, from the beginning of timeen tout temps throughout ou all through historytout autre que lui aurait refusé anyone other than him ou anybody else would have refusedB.[AU PLURIEL]1. [exprimant la totalité] alltous les hommes all men, the whole of mankindtous les gens everybody, everyoneje veux tous les détails I want all the details ou the full details2. [devant un nom sans article]ils étaient 150 000, toutes disciplines/races confondues there were 150,000 of them, taking all disciplines/races together3. [exprimant la périodicité] everytoutes les deux semaines every other week, every second week, every two weeksà prendre toutes les quatre heures to be taken every four hours ou at four-hourly intervals————————[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) pronom indéfini[n'importe quoi] anythingce sera tout? [dans un magasin] will be that all?, anything else?ce n'est pas tout de faire des enfants, il faut les élever ensuite having children is one thing, but then you've got to bring them upêtre tout pour quelqu'un to be everything for somebody, to mean everything to somebodyon aura tout vu! now I've ou we've seen everything!a. [objets] that's everythingb. [problème] that's the whole point ou the crux of the matteravec toi c'est tout ou rien with you, it's all or nothing ou one extreme or the othertout se passe comme si... it's as though...à tout faire [produit] all-purposetout bien considéré, tout bien réfléchi all things consideredB.[AU PLURIEL]1. [désignant ce dont on a parlé]il y a plusieurs points de vue, tous sont intéressants there are several points of view, they are all interestingj'adore les prunes — prends-les toutes I love plums — take them all ou all of them2. [avec une valeur récapitulative] allJean, Pierre, Jacques, tous voulaient la voir Jean, Pierre, Jacques, they all wanted to see her3. [tout le monde]à vous tous qui m'avez aidé, merci to all of you who helped me, thank youtous tant ou autant que nous sommes all of us, every (single) one of ustout ( féminin toute, pluriel féminin toutes) adverbe (s'accorde en genre et en nombre devant un adjectif féminin commençant par une consonne ou un h aspiré)ils étaient tout seuls they were quite ou completely alonesa chevelure était toute hérissée his/her hair was all messyses tout premiers mots his/her very first wordstout mouillé wet ou soaked through, drenchedtout simplement/autrement quite simply/differentlytéléphone-moi, tout simplement just phone me, that's the easiest (way)une toile tout coton a 100% cotton cloth, an all cotton materialil est toute bonté/générosité he is goodness/generosity itselfça, c'est tout lui! that's typical of him ou just like him!2. [en intensif]tout en haut/bas right at the top/bottom3. [déjà]tout prêt ou préparé ready-madetout bébé, elle dansait déjà even as a baby, she was already dancing4. (avec un gérondif) [indiquant la simultanéité][indiquant la concession]tout en avouant son ignorance dans ce domaine, il continuait à me contredire although he'd confessed his ignorance in that field, he kept on contradicting metout nom masculin1. [ensemble] wholemon tout est un instrument de musique [dans une charade] my whole ou all is a musical instrument2. [l'essentiel]ce n'est pas le tout de critiquer, il faut pouvoir proposer autre chose it's not enough to criticize, you've got to be able to suggest something elsejouer ou risquer le tout pour le tout to risk (one's) alltenter le tout pour le tout to make a (final) desperate attempt ou a last ditch effortc'est un tout it's all the same, it makes no difference————————du tout locution adverbialeje vous dérange? — du tout, du tout! am I disturbing you? — not at all ou not in the least!elle finissait son café sans du tout se soucier de notre présence she was finishing her coffee without paying any attention to us at all ou whatsoever————————en tout locution adverbialeen tout et pour tout locution adverbialeen tout et pour tout, nous avons dépensé 300 euros all in all, we've spent 300 eurostout à coup locution adverbialetout à fait locution adverbiale2. [exactement] exactlyc'est tout à fait ce que je cherche/le même it's exactly what I've been looking for/the same3. [oui] certainly————————tout de même locution adverbialej'irai tout de même all the same, I'll still go2. [en intensif]tout de même, tu exagères! steady on!, that's a bit much!————————tout de suite locution adverbiale2. [dans l'espace] immediately————————tout... que locution conjonctivetout directeur qu'il est ou qu'il soit,... he may well be the boss,... -
82 time
1. n1) час2) час (міра тривалості)Greenwich time — час за Гринвічем, середньоєвропейський час
mean time — середній (сонячний) час
3) період часуfor a time — а) на деякий час, тимчасово; б) протягом деякого часу
in no time, in less than no time — дуже швидко, умить
for the time being — поки що; до певного часу
one time and another — іноді, час від часу
time of orbiting — астр. час обертання штучного супутника
4) сезон, пора5) година, точний часwhat is the time?, what time is it? — котра година?
to keep good time — добре йти, правильно показувати час (про годинник)
to keep bad time — погано йти, неправильно показувати час (про годинник)
6) момент, митьat the same time — у той же час, у ту ж мить, одночасно
some time (or other) — рано чи пізно, коли-небудь
7) час прибуття (від'їзду)8) строк, термінin (амер. on) time — у строк, вчасно
ahead of time, before one's time — раніше строку
behind time — пізно, із запізненням
to make time — амер. прийти вчасно (за розкладом)
(it is) high time — саме час, давно пора
it is time to go to bed — пора (час) іти спати
the time is up — строк (термін) закінчився
time is drawing on — залишається мало часу; термін наближається
9) доба, епоха, ераat all times (амер. all the time) — завжди, в усі часи
from time immemorial — споконвіку, з давніх-давен
10) вікat his time of life — в його віці, в його роки
11) період життя12) вільний час, дозвілляto have a good (a fine) time — гарно провести час, повеселитися
to beguile (to while away) the time — коротати час
13) робочий часto work full (part) time — працювати повний (неповний) робочий день
14) плата за працю15) нагода, сприятливий момент17) швидкість, темп; такт; розмір, ритм18) бібл. рік19) разevery time — щоразу, кожного разу
at a time — разом, одночасно
time after time — повторно, тисячу разів
nine times out of ten — у дев'яти випадках з десяти, у більшості випадків
two times five is (are) ten — двічі по п'ять — десять
time fire — військ. а) дистанційна стрільба; б) стрільба з обмеженням у часі
time in — спорт. відновлення гри після взятого часу
time out — спорт. хвилинна перерва
time schedule — розклад (руху поїздів тощо); графік
time trouble — шах. цейтнот
to take (to catch) time by the forelock — діяти негайно; скористатися слушною нагодою
on time — амер. у розстрочку, на виплат
to serve one's time — а) відслужити свій строк; б) відбути строк (у в'язниці)
to sell time — амер. надавати за плату можливість виступити по радіо (телебаченню)
to work against time — намагатися укластися в строк; б) з метою побити рекорд
to run against time — намагатися побити попередній рекорд; в) щоб виграти час
to talk against time — говорити, щоб виграти час
in good time — а) вчасно; б) заздалегідь; в) з часом
in bad time — невчасно; пізно, із запізненням
to go with the times — а) іти в ногу з часом; б) пливти за течією
time cures all things — час — найкращий лікар
it beats my time — амер. я цього не розумію, це понад моє розуміння
time is money — присл. час — це гроші
2. v1) вибирати час; розраховувати за часом2) призначати (визначати) час; приурочуватиthe train was timed to reach Kyiv at 8 a. m. — поїзд повинен був прибути до Києва о 8 годині ранку
3) ставити (годинник)4) регулювати, установлювати темп5) засікати час; хронометрувати6) визначати тривалість7) робити щось у такт (з чимсь — to, with)8) збігатися; битися в унісон (з чимсь — to, with)9) тех. синхронізувати* * *I [taim] n1) часabsolute [relative, objective] time — абсолютний час
space and time — простір, час
with time, in (the) course of time, in (the) process of time, as time goes — із часом; з плином часу; зрештою
in the retrospect of time — крізь призму часу /минулого/; over time протягом ( багатьох) століть
time will show — час покаже; = поживемо-побачимо
time presses /is short/ — час не терпить
the unity of time — театр, єдність часу
2) час (міра тривалості, система відліку)Greenwich time — час за Гринвічем, середньоєвропейський час
sidereal [solar] time — зоряний [сонячний]час
daylight-saving /summer/ time — літній час; час виконання ( чогось)
machine time — обч. машинний час
3) період часуa long [a short] time — тривалий [короткий]час
it took him a long time to do it /in doing it/, he took a long time doing it /over it/ — йому треба було /у нього пішло/ чимало часу, щоб зробити це; він чимало з цим провозився
what a long time he's taking! — скільки ж можна копатисяє
all the time, the whole time — весь ( цей) час, завжди [порівн. 5]
they were with us all the time /the whole time/ — вони увесь час були з нами
one time and another — якось; час від часу
lead time — час із початку розробки ( зброї) до введення в бойовий склад
reaction time — час ( що лишився) для пуску ракет ( при ядерному ударі)
idle time — простій, перерва у роботі; вільніше час
time of orbiting — acтp. час оберту штучного супутника
at the /that/ time — в цей /у той/ час [порівн. 4;]
at one time — якось, колись [див. 4,;]
for a time — на якийсь час, тимчасово; якийсь час
for the time being — поки,; in time згодом [див. IV 4, 13]
in по time, in less than /next to/ no time — дуже швидко, миттю, за дві секунди
in the same flash of time — у цю ж мить, у ту ж мить
to give smb time to do smth /for smth / — дати комусь час зробити щось /для чогось/; сезон, пора, час
sowing time — час /пора/ сівби, посівний період, holiday time час канікул; довгий час
what a time it took you I — довго ж ви возилися!; невже не можна було швидшеє
4) година, точний час; колиto fix /to appoint/ a time — призначити час
to tell time — aмep. визначати час за годинником
to keep (good) [bad] time — добре [погано]іти ( про годинник) [порівн. 11]
to lose [to gain] time — відставати [спішити]( про годинник)
what is the time є, what time is it — є скільки часує, котра годинає
what time do you make it — є скільки на вашому годинникує; момент, мить; певний момент, певний час
some time — у якийсь момент, у якийсь час
some time (or other) — коли-небудь, рано чи пізно
at times — часом, час від часу
at the /that/ time — у той момент, у той час [див. 3, 1]
at one time — одночасно [див. 3, 1]
at the same time — у той же самий час, одночасно; у той же момент [див.]
at the proper time, when the time comes — у свій час, коли прийде час
between times — іноді, часом
the time has come when... — прийшов час /настав момент/, коли... [порівн. 4]; час прибуття або відправлення ( поїзд 4) строк, час
in time — у строк, вчасно [див. 3, 1 та 13, 1]
on time = in time — [ порівн. О]
to arrive exactly on time — приїхати /прибути/ хвилина у хвилину /точно в призначену годину/
in due time — у свій час, вчасно
ahead of time, before one's time — раніше строку [порівн. 5]
behind time, out of time — пізно, із запізненням [порівн. 5]
to be ten minutes behind [ahead of] time — спізнитися [прийти раніше]на десять хвилин
to make time — aмep. прийти вчасно /за розкладом/
high time — давно час, самий час6) часи, пора; чить роботу/ у строк; з метою побити рекордto run against time — намагатися побити раніше встановлений рекорд; з метою виграти час
to talk against- — говорити з метою затягти час ( при обструкції в парламенті) [див.]; у великому поспіху
at the ваше time — проте, однак [див. Й 4,;]
in good time — згодом, із часом
you'll hear from me in good time — згодом я дам про себе знати; вчасно; заздалегідь, завчасно
to start [to come]in good time — відправитися [прийти]завчасно
in bad time — не вчасно; пізно, із запізненням
on time — aмep. на виплату [порівн. Й 4, 4]
once upon a time — давним-давно; колись
to buy time — вигравати час; відтягати /тягти/ час, марудити
to have a thin time — див. thin I O
to have a time — переживати бурхливий час; зазнавати великих труднощів
to make time — поспішати, квапитися
to make a time about /over/ smth — aмep. хвилюватися, метушитися із приводу чогось; галасливо реагувати на щось
to mark time — крокувати на місці; відтягати /тягти/ час; виконувати щось чисто формально, працювати без душі
to serve /to com-filete/ one's time — відсулжити свій строк в період учнівств; відбути строк ( у в'язниці); [порівн. Й 5]
to near the end of one's time — закінчувати службу ( про солдат); закінчувати строк ( про ув'язненого)
to sell time — aмep. надавати за плату можливість виступити по радіо або телебаченню
to take /to catch/ time by the forelock — діяти негайно; скористатися з нагоди, використати слушну мить
to go with the time s — плисти за течією [див. Й 5]
it beats my time — aмep. це вище мого розуміння
a stitch in time saves nine — див. stitch I O
II [taim] atime is money — приказ. час - гроші
time advantage — cпopт., перевага у часі
3) пов'язаний з покупками в кредит або із платежами на виплатIII [taim] v1) вибирати час; розраховувати ( за часом)to time oneself well — вдало вибрати час приходу /приїзду/
2) призначати або встановлювати час; пристосовуватиto time one's watch by the time signal — виставити годинники за сигналом точного часу; задавати темп; регулювати ( механізм)
4) відзначати зо годинником; засікати; визначати час; хронометрувати5) розраховувати, встановлювати тривалість; виділити час для певного процесуto time one's exposure correctly — фoтo зробити /поставити/ потрібну витримку
6) (to, with) робити в тактto time one's steps to the music — танцювати в такт музиці; збігатися, битися в унісон
7) тex. синхронізувати -
83 citer
cĭter, tra, trum ( comp. citerior; sup. citimus; most freq. in comp.; in posit. only Cato ap. Prisc. pp. 589 and 999 P.; and Afran. ap. Prisc. p. 607 ib.), adj. [cis].I.On this side:II. A.citer agnus (ager) alligatus ad sacra erit, Cato ap. Prisc. pp. 599 and 989 P.: alter ulteriorem Galliam decernit cum Syriā, alter citeriorem,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 15, 36:citerior provincia (i. e. Gallia Cisalpina),
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:in Galliā citeriore,
id. ib. 1, 24; Hirt. B. G. 8, 23; Suet. Caes. 56:citerior Hispania,
Varr. R. R. 1, 57, 2; Cic. Att. 12, 37, 4; Nep. Cat. 2, 1; Plin. 3, 1, 2, § 6:Arabia,
Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 213:Oceanus,
Flor. 4, 12, 46:ripa,
Vell. 2, 107, 1.—In space:2.(stella) ultima a caelo, citima terris,
Cic. Rep. 6, 16, 16; id. Univ. 7 fin.:citima Persidis (sc. loca),
Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 213. —Trop.:B.deduc orationem tuam de caelo ad haec citeriora,
Cic. Rep. 1, 21, 34:quantā animi tranquillitate humana et citeriora considerat,
id. Tusc. 5, 25, 71:ut ad haec citeriora veniam et notiora nobis,
id. Leg. 3, 2, 4:nam citeriora nondum audiebamus,
id. Fam. 2, 12, 1; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1; 9, 12, 6:citerioris vitae minister,
private, domestic, Amm. 14, 1, 7.—In time (post-Aug.), earlier, sooner:C.Africano consulatus citerior legitimo tempore datus est,
Val. Max. 8, 15, 1; 6, 3, 11:in antiquius citeriusve,
Vell. 1, 17, 2:citeriore die (opp. longiore),
Dig. 23, 4, 15.—In measure or degree, small, little:III.citerior tamen est poena quam scelus,
Quint. Decl. 299; Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 10.— Advv.: comp. cĭtĕrĭus, less:citerius debito resistere,
Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 11; sup. cĭtĭmē, least, acc. to Prisc. p. 1016 P.—Hence,A.cī̆trā, adv. and prep. with acc., on this side, on the hither or nearer side (opp. to ultra; more freq. than cis, q. v.).1.Prop.(α).Adv.:(β).(dextera) nec citra mota nec ultra,
neither this way nor that, Ov. M. 5, 186; cf.:ultra citraque pervolare,
Plin. 10, 23, 31, § 61:citra est Oglasa,
id. 3, 6, 12, § 80; 6, 11, 12, § 30:citra fuere margines,
id. 2, 17, 14, § 73.—With acc.:2.Germani qui essent citra Rhenum,
Caes. B. G. 6, 32:is locus est citra Leucadem stadia CXX.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 2; so,citra Veliam,
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:citra mare,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 47:mare citra,
id. ib. 1, 10, 31:citra flumen intercepti,
Liv. 21, 48, 6:citra Tauri juga,
id. 38, 48, 1 al. —With verbs of motion: ut exercitum citra flumen Rubiconem educeret,
Cic. Phil. 6, 3, 5:ut omnes citra flumen eliceret,
Caes. B. G. 6, 8; Liv. 21, 54, 4; Hor. S. 1, 1, 106.—(Acc. to citer, II.) Of that which takes [p. 345] place, or is within a fixed boundary, and yet does not reach that boundary, within, beneath, short of, less than.(α).Adv.:(β).non erit necesse id usque a capite arcessere: saepe etiam citra licet,
not so far, Cic. Top. 9, 39:paucis citra milibus lignatores ei occurrunt,
Liv. 10, 25, 4:citra quam proxime fuerint (defectus lunae),
Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 86:citra exsultare,
id. 17, 22, 35, § 180: tela citra cadebant (i. e. did not reach the Romans), Tac. H. 3, 23.—With acc.:b.nec a postremā syllabā citra tertiam,
before the third syllable, Cic. Or. 18, 58 (cf. Quint. 1, 5, 30: acuta intra numerum trium syllabarum continetur); id. 8, 6, 76:cur Veneris stella numquam longius XLVI. portibus ab sole... abscedant, saepe citra eas ad solem reciprocent,
Plin. 2, 17, 14, § 72; 2, 17, 15, § 77.—Trop.(α).Adv. of measure:(β).neve domi praesume dapes et desine citra Quam capias paulo,
Ov. A. A. 3, 757; cf.:culta citra quam debuit illa,
id. P. 1, 7, 55.—With acc.: pronepos ego regis aquarum;c.Nec virtus citra genus est,
is not behind my family, Ov. M. 10, 607:glans cum citra satietatem data est,
not to satiety, Col. 7, 6, 5; cf. id. 9, 13, 2; so,fatigationem,
Cels. 1, 2; cf. Plin. 19, 8, 54, § 171:scelus,
Ov. Tr. 5, 8, 23:citra necem tua constitit ira,
id. ib. 2, 127:usus citra intellectum acrimoniae,
Plin. 19, 8, 54, § 171. —In time (with acc. rare;3.perh. not anteAug.): citra Kalendas Octobris,
Col. 2, 8, 3; cf. Gell. 12, 13:Trojana tempora,
Ov. M. 8, 365:juventam,
id. ib. 10, 84:temporis finem,
Dig. 49, 16, 15.—Since the Aug. per. (most freq. in Quint. and Pliny the elder; in the former more than twenty times), in gen. of that which does not belong to, is without, or beyond something, without, aside from, apart from, except, without regard to, setting aside (for the class. sine, praeter; hence the Gloss.: aneu sine, absque, praeter, citra, Gloss. Cyr.; citra dicha, chôris, ektos, Gloss. Phil.); with acc.:B.citra hoc experimentum multa sunt, quae, etc.,
Col. 2, 2, 20:plus usus sine doctrinā, quam citra usum doctrina valet,
Quint. 12, 6, 4:Phidias in ebore longe citra aemulum,
id. 12, 10, 9:vir bonus citra virtutem intellegi non potest,
id. 12, 2, 1; so,accusationem,
id. 7, 2, 26; 3, 8, 21; 7, 10, 3:tranare aquas citra docentem natura ipsa sciunt,
id. 2, 16, 13:citra invidiam,
Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 108:citra ullum aliud incommodum,
id. 2, 51, 52, § 137:citra dolorem,
id. 12, 17, 40, § 79; Plin. Ep. 2, 1, 4:morsum,
Plin. 8, 38, 57, § 136:vulnus,
id. 20, 21, 84, § 225 al.:citra fidem,
Tac. Agr. 1:citra speciem aut delectationem,
id. G. 16:citra Senatūs populique auctoritatem,
Suet. Caes. 28:commoda emeritorum,
id. Aug. 24:spem omnium fortuna cessit,
Flor. 3, 1, 2:etiam citra spectaculorum dies,
i.e. even out of the time of the established spectacles, Suet. Aug. 43:citra magnitudinem prope Ponto similis,
excepting its size, Mel. 1, 19, 17; Tac. Agr. 10; Quint. 2, 4, 22; so id. 7, 2, 13; Dig. 3, 6, 9: lana tincta fuco citra purpuras placet, Ov. Fragm. ap. Quint. 12, 10, 75.—Citra sometimes follows its case, Hor. S. 1, 1, 107; 1, 10, 31.—cī̆trō, adv. (orig. dat. sing.), always in the connection and position ultro citroque, ultro et citro, ultro ac citro, or without copula ultro citro (not ultroque citroque), hither and thither, this way and that, here and there, to and fro, from both sides, backwards and forwards, reciprocally; Fr. par ci par là, ça et là (in good prose):ultro ac citro commeare,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 16:sursum deorsum, ultro citro commeantibus,
Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 84: ultro citroque commeare, Auct. B. Afr. 20; Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 104; * Suet. Calig. 19; Lucr. 4, 32:qui ultro citroque navigarent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 66, § 170:cursare ultro et citro,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60 (in Prisc. p. 1011 P., perh. only from memory written ultro citroque):bis ultro citroque transcurrerunt,
Liv. 40, 40, 7 al.:cum saepe ultro citroque legati inter eos mitterentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 42; id. B. C. 1, 20; Liv. 5, 8, 6:multis verbis ultro citroque habitis,
Cic. Rep. 6, 9, 9; cf. Liv. 9, 45, 2; 7, 9, 2:beneficiis ultro citro datis acceptisque,
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:ut obsides ultro citroque darentur,
Liv. 44, 23, 2:datā ultro citroque fide,
id. 29, 23, 5:inplicati ultro et citro vel usu diuturno vel etiam officiis,
Cic. Lael. 22, 85 Klotz N. cr.: alternatis ultro citro aestibus, Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 29:ultro citroque versus,
Amm. 30, 3, 5. -
84 γίγνομαι
γίγνομαι, [dialect] Ion. and after Arist. [full] γίνομαι [pron. full] [ῑ], ([dialect] Att. Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cent., cf. IG2.11.9, 1055.25, etc.); Thess. [full] γίνυμαι IG9(2).517.22; [dialect] Boeot. [full] γίνιουμαι ib.7.3303: [tense] fut. γενήσομαι: [tense] aor. ἐγενόμην (A , al. ([etym.] προ-) Decr.Byz. ap. D.18.90), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 2sg.γένευ Il.5.897
, [ per.] 3sg.γενέσκετο Od.11.208
, , Sapph.16, Pi.P.3.87, Parm.8.20, IG4.492 ([place name] Mycenae), prob.in Scol. 19; [dialect] Ep. , Emp.98.5, Call.Jov.1.50, Theoc.14.27, etc. ([etym.] gṇ-το): [tense] pf.γέγονα Il.19.122
, etc.: [ per.] 3pl.γέγοναν Apoc.21.6
: [tense] plpf.ἐγεγόνει Lys.31.17
, etc.; [dialect] Ion.ἐγεγόνεε Hdt.2.2
; [dialect] Ep. forms (as if from [tense] pf. γέγᾰα), [ per.] 2pl.γεγάᾱτε Batr.143
;γεγάᾱσι Il.4.325
, freq. in Od.: [ per.] 3pl. γεγᾱκᾰσιν cj. in Emp.23.10: [ per.] 3 dual [tense] plpf. ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] Od.10.138; inf. γεγάμεν [ᾰ] Pi.O.9.110, ([etym.] ἐκ) Il.5.248, etc.; part. γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, pl.-ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι Hom.
, etc., [var] contr.γεγώς, -ῶσα S.Aj. 472
, E.Med. 406; inf.γεγᾱκειν Pi.O.6.49
: [voice] Med. forms ἐκγεγάασθε Epigr.Hom.16, ἐκ-γεγάονται (in [tense] fut. sense) h.Ven. 197 (s.v.l.):—[voice] Pass. forms, [tense] fut. γενηθήσομαι (only in Pl.Prm. 141e, οὔτε γενήσεται, οὔτε γενηθήσεται, cf. Procl.in Prm.p.963 S.): [tense] aor.ἐγενήθην Epich.209
, Archyt.1, Hp.Epid.6.8.32,7.3, later [dialect] Att., Philem. 95.2 and 167, IG2.630b10 (i B. C.) and Hellenistic Gk., Plb.2.67.8, D.S.13.51: [tense] pf.γεγένημαι Simon.69
, freq. in [dialect] Att. Poets and Prose, in [dialect] Att. inscr. first in cent. iv, IG2.555: [ per.] 3pl.γεγενέανται Philet.
ap.Eust.1885.51: [tense] plpf.ἐγεγένητο Th.7.18
, al.; cf. γείνομαι:— come into a new state of being: hence,I abs., come into being opp. εἶναι, Emp.17.11, Pl.Phd. 102e, cf. Ti. 29a; and so,1 of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, Od.19.400; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, Il.2.866;ἢ πρόσθε θανεῖν ἢ ἔπειτα γ. Hes.Op. 175
; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ'.. ἐκράνθη at our birth, A.Eu. 347;γ. ἔκ τινος Il.5.548
, Hdt.7.11;πατρὸς ἐκ ταὐτοῦ E.IA 406
, cf. Isoc.5.136;σέθεν.. ἐξ αἵματος A.Th. 142
; less freq.ἀπό τινος Hdt.8.22
, etc.; , etc.; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, Ar.Eq. 218, Isoc.7.37, etc.; κάλλιον, εὖ, Hdt. 1.146, 3.69; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, A.Fr. 401: freq. with Numerals,ἔτεα τρία καὶ δέκα γεγονώς Hdt.1.119
;ἀμφὶ τὰ πέντε ἢ ἑκκαίδεκα ἔτη γενόμενος X.Cyr.1.4.16
;γεγονὼς ἔτη περὶ πεντήκοντα D. 21.154
; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond.., X.Cyr.1.2.4: c. gen., , etc.: rarely with ordinals,ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς Luc.Macr. 22
, cf. Plu.Phil.18.2 of things, to be produced,ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ Od.9.51
; opp. ὄλλυσθαι, Parm.8.13,40; opp. ἀπόλλυσθαι, Anaxag.17, cf. Pl.R. 527b, etc.; opp. ἀπολείπειν, Diog. Apoll.7; opp. ἀπολήγειν, Emp.17.30;τὰ γιγνόμενα καὶ ἐξ ὧν γίγνεται Pl.Phlb. 27a
;ἁπλῇ διηγήσει ἢ διὰ μιμήσεως γ. Id.R. 392d
;ὁ ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος X.Mem.3.6.13
; τὰ ἐν ἀγρῷ γιγνόμενα ib.2.9.4; of profits,καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. Id.Cyr.1.1.2
, etc.; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, 4 talents, Id.HG4.2.7; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of].., Id.An.5.3.4; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, Pl.Ap. 36a; ἕκατον εἴκοσι στατήρων γίγνονται τρισχίλιαι τριακόσιαι ἑξήκοντα [δραχμαί] 120 staters amount to 3, 360 drachmae, D.34.24; so in Math., of products,ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός Euc.7.24
; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied by 100, Papp.10.13; of times of day,ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο Th.7.81
, etc.;ἕως ἂν φῶς γένηται Pl.Prt. 311a
;ἅμα ἕῳ γιγνομένῃ Th.4.32
; of Time in general, elapse, ;χρόνου γενομένου D.S.20.109
.b falldue,οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί X.An.1.1.8
;τοὺς τόκους τοὺς γ. Isoc.17.37
; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ., τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, D.24.82, Syngr. ap. eund.35.11;τὸ γ. μέρος X.HG7.4.33
;τὸ γ. τοῖ πλήθι τᾶς ζαμίαυ IG5(2).6
A20 (Tegea, iv B. C.): c. dat.,τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον UPZ 19.32
(ii B. C.);τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. Thphr.Fr.97
;τὰ γ.
dues,PHib.
1.92 and 111 (iii B. C.): hence γιγνόμενος regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, D. 38.25; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, X.Cyr.5.4.51; freq. in later Gk., as Luc.Tox.18, etc.3 of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be,καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο Il.13.86
, etc.;μάχη ἐγεγόνει Pl.Chrm. 153b
, etc.; ;ἡ νόσος ἤρξατο γίγνεσθαι Id.2.47
; πνεῦμα εἰώθει γ. ib.84; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, X.HG7.4.28, Aeschin.3.41, etc.; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, X.Cyr.2.2.21; πιστὰ γ., ὅρκοι γ., pledges are given, oaths taken, ib.7.4.3, D.19.158; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masc.), X.An.7.1.30, (neut.) Pl.Tht. 200e;τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀθηναίων Th.6.88
;τὰ γενόμενα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Hdt.Praef.
;ὕβρισμα ἐκ τῶν Σαμίων γενόμενον Id.3.48
;ἀπό τινος γ. X.An.5.6.30
;παρά τινος Pl.R. 614a
; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, D.10.27,28.21; but γένοιτο, = Amen, LXX Is.25.1; γένοιτο γένοιτο ib.Ps.71(72).19: Math., γεγονέτω suppose it done, Euc.6.23, etc.; it is done,Apoc.
16.17: c. dat. et part., γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (v. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος) ; οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, Od.3.228;ἡδομένοισι ἡμῖν οἱ λόγοι γεγόνασι Hdt.9.46
, etc.; of sacrifices, omens, etc., οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά ib.61, cf.62;τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἐγένετο X.An.6.4.9
: abs., τὰ διαβατήρια ἐγ. were favourable, Th.5.55;θυομένῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά X.HG3.1.17
: in neut. part., τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, Th.6.54; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, X.Cyr.3.1.9, etc.;τὸ γιγνόμενον Pl.Tht. 161b
, etc.; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, X.An.6.2.14; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, Th.1.138; τὰ γεγονότα, opp. ὄντα, μέλλοντα, Pl.R. 392d, cf. Lg. 896a: of Time, ;ἕως ἄν τινες χρόνοι γένωνται Pl.Phd. 108c
; but in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., to have passed,ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε Hdt.2.2
;πρὶν ἓξ μῆνας γεγονέναι Pl.Prt. 320a
: impers., ἐγένετο or γέγονεν ὥστε .. it happened, came to pass that.., X.HG5.3.10, Isoc. 6.40, etc.; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν.. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard.. that.., LXX Ge.39.19;ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι.. καὶ διήρχετο Ev.Luc.17.11
: c. inf., γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, Thgn.639; ἐγένετο, c. acc. et inf., it came to pass that, Act.Ap.9.3, al., PAmh.2.135.10 (ii A. D.): c. dat. et inf.,ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι Epict.Ench. 23
.1 folld. by Nouns and Adjs.,δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. Il.6.82
, cf. 8.282;σωτὴρ γενοῦ μοι A.Ch.2
;κωλυτὴς γ. τινός Th.3.23
; [οὖροι] νηῶν πομπῆες γ. Od.4.362
, etc.; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, ib. 417; παντοῖος γ., folld. by μή, c. inf., Hdt.3.124;παντοῖος γ. δεόμενος Id.7.10
.γ; ἐκ πλουσίου πένης γ. X.An.7.7.28
;δημοτικὸς ἐξ ὀλιγαρχικοῦ γ. Pl.R. 572d
: rarely c. part., μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, S.Aj. 588, cf. Ph. 773;μὴ ἀπαρνηθεὶς γένῃ Pl.Sph. 217c
;ἀποτετραμμένοι ἐγένοντο Th. 3.68
, etc.: with Pron., τί γένωμαι ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? A.Th. 297, cf. Theoc.15.51;οὐκ ἔχοντες ὅτι γένωνται Th.2.52
; less freq. with masc.,οὐδ' ἔχω τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
;γίγνονται πάνθ' ὅτι βούλονται Ar.Nu. 348
.b in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, POxy.38.11 (i A. D.); ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, PFlor.99.4 (i/ii A. D.).2 with Advbs.,κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι Hdt.1.8
; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ., it goes well, etc., X.An.1.7.5, Arr.Epict.3.24.97, LXX To. 7.9; with personal construction,οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται Plu.2.127b
; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from.., X.Cyr.8.7.20; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, Id.An.6.2.16; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, E.Hec. 372, X.HG6.5.38, etc.3 folld. by oblique cases of Nouns,a c. gen., γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of.., Hdt.5.25, X.Cyr.1.2.15, cf. Ar.Nu. 107, etc.;βουλῆς γεγονώς D.C.36.28
(cf. supr.1.b); fall to, belong to,ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο X.HG4.3.20
; to be under control of,ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται S. OC 660
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 250a (s. v.l.);ὑμῶν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι D.4.7
(alsoἐντὸς ἑωυτοῦ γ. Hdt.1.119
;ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. X.An.1.5.17
;ἐν σαυτοῦ γενοῦ S.Ph. 950
);τὴν πόλιν ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γινομένην Plu.Phoc.23
: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, , cf.X.Oec.20.23.c with Preps., γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done.., Hdt.2.78, 1.50; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from.., X.Mem.1.2.25; γ. εἴς τι turn into,τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν Thgn.162
; freq. in LXX,ἐγενήθη μοι εἰς γυναῖκα Ge.20.12
; εἰς βρῶσιν ib.La.4.10; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, Act.Ap.5.36, 1 Ep.Thess. 3.5;ἐς Αακεδαίμονα Hdt.5.38
(in Hom. even without Prep.,ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. Od.4.634
); γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, Is.3.36; of a ward, And.1.117; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, Hdt.5.24; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from.., Paus.4.26.6;γ. ἐν Χίῳ Hdt.5.33
, etc.; γ. ἐν .., to be engaged in.., οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, Id.2.82; ἐν [πολέμῳ] Th.1.78;ἐν πείρᾳ γ. τινος X.An.1.9.1
; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ., Plu.Flam.16, Rom.7; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, X.HG4.3.2;ἐν τύχῃ γ. τινί τι Th.4.73
; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, X.An.3.4.24; but δι' ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, Ar.Ra. 1412; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at.., Hdt.1.189, etc.; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, X.An.3.1.13, etc.;ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς γ. D.21.58
codd. (- ᾶς Schaefer); γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over.., X.Cyr.3.3.53; γ. ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, Aeschin.2. 36;γ. ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως D.C.43.48
; γ. ἐπ' ἐλπίδος to be in hope, Plu.Sol.14: Math., γ. ἐπὶ ἀριθμόν to be multiplied into a number, Theol.Ar.3; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near.. or opposite to.., in battle, X.Cyr.7.1.14, HG4.2.18; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, Th.2.21;καθ' ἓν γ. Id.3.10
; καθ' αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, D.10.52; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, X.Cyr.8.7.27, etc.;ἡ νίκη γ. σύν τινι Id.Ages.2.13
; γ. παρ' ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, Th.5.26; γ. παρά τι to depend upon.., D.18.232; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in.., Isoc.3.12; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, PFay. 128, etc.; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near.., Pl.Phd. 118, etc.; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in.., Isoc. 12.270, D.18.176; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, Plu.2.151c; soγ. πρὸς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι Pl.R. 604d
;πρὸς παρασκευήν Plb.1.22.2
: impers.,ἐπεὶ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἐγίγνετο X.HG2.4.6
; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, Hdt.7.22; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, Il.4.382; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to.., Hdt.7.11, Th.7.64; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of.., X.Cyr.7.1.34.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γίγνομαι
-
85 πελάζω
A (anap.), S.Ph. 1150 (lyr., codd.), OC 1060 (lyr.), El. 497 (lyr.): [tense] aor. (lyr.) ; [dialect] Ep.πέλασα Il.12.194
; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.ἐπέλασσα 21.93
,πέλασσα 13.1
, Pi.P.4.227 :—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. opt. (trans.)πελασαίατο Il.17.341
; inf.πελάσασθαι Emp.133
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. ἐπελάσθην, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.πέλασθεν Il.12.420
, inf.πελασθῆναι S.OT 213
(lyr.) ; [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. ,ἔπληντο Il.4.449
, etc.,πλῆτο 14.438
, πλῆντο ib. 468 ; later ἐπλάθην [pron. full] [ᾱ] A.Pr. 897 (lyr.), E. Tr. 203(lyr.), etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.πέπλημαι AP5.46
(Rufin.) ; [ per.] 3pl.πεπλήαται Semon.31
A (fort. πεπλέαται) ; part.πεπλημένος Od.12.108
; cf. πελάω, πελάθω, πλάθω : ([etym.] πέλας):A intr., approach, draw near, c. dat.,πέλασεν νήεσσι Il.12.112
;ὅς τις ἀϊδρείῃ πελάσῃ Od.12.41
;ἐὸν.. ἐόντι πελάζει Parm.8.25
; τούτοις σὺ μὴ π. A.Pr. 807, cf. S.Ph. 301, etc.: rarely in Prose,π. πολεμίοισι Hdt.9.74
;θηρίοις X.Cyr.1.4.7
, cf. 3.2.10, An.4.2.3 ;τῷ φθινοπώρῳ Hp.Prog.24
: prov., ὅμοιον ὁμοίῳ ἀεὶ πελάζει like draws to like , Pl. Smp. 195b.2 less freq. c. gen., ἐπὴν [ ἡ γυνὴ] τόκου π. Hp.Mul. 1.34 ; πάρα.. πελάσαι φάος.. νεῶν light may come near the ships, S. Aj. 709 (lyr.) ;εἴρξω πελάζειν [σῆς πάτρας] Id.Ph. 1407
(but σῆς πάτρας shd. be deleted) ;π. πηγῆς Call.Ap.88
(nisi leg. πηγῇσι); π. τῆς πόλεως Th.2.77
, Plb.21.6.3 ; alsoμὴ πελάσητ' ὄμματος ἐγγύς E.Med. 101
(anap.).3 with a Prep., πρὸς τοῖχον π. Hes.Op. 732 ;ἐς τὸν ἀριθμόν Hdt.2.19
; [ τὸ ὕδωρ] ἐς τὸ θερμὸν π. gets hotter, Id.4.181 ;ἐς τούσδε τόπους S.OC 1761
(anap.) ; εἰς ὄψιν, ἐς σὸν βλέφαρον, E.IT 1212, El. 1332 (anap.) ; ;πρὸς ἀλλήλας Plu.2.564b
.4 c. acc. loci,δῶμα πελάζει E.Andr. 1167
(anap.) ; elsewh. dub., S.OC 1060 (fort. εἰς νομόν), Ph. 1150 (but φυγᾷ μ' οὐκέτι.. πελᾶτ' shd. be taken in trans. sense, will no more draw me after you).5 abs., X.Cyr.7.1.48.B causal, only in Poets, bring near or to, freq. in Hom. (Hes. only Op. 431), both of persons and things, [νέας] Κρήτῃ ἐπέλασσεν Od.3.291
, cf. 300 ;με.. γαίῃ Θεσπρωτῶν πέλασεν μέγα κῦμα 14.315
; ;π. τινὰ Ἀχιλῆϊ Il.24.154
, cf. 2.744, etc.; Ζεὺς.. Ἕκτορα νηυσὶ π. let him approach the ships, 13.1 ; νευρὴν μὲν μαζῷ πέλασεν τόξῳ δὲ σίδηρον brought the string up to his breast, etc., of one drawing a bow, 4.123 ; ἐπέλασσα θαλάσσῃ στῆθος, in swimming, Od.14.350 ; πάντας.. πέλασε χθονί brought them to earth, Il.8.277 ;οὔδει τινὰ πελάσσαι 23.719
, etc.; ; βόας ζεύγλᾳ π. Pi.P.4.227 ; δεσμοῖς τινὰ π. A.Pr. 155 (anap.) ;βρόχῳ δέρην E.Alc. 230
(lyr.) ; μὴ πέλαζε μητρί (sc. τέκνα) Id.Med.91 ;κορώνῃ νευρειήν Theoc.25.212
; ἐπεί ἐπέλασσέ γε δαίμων brought [ him so far], Il.15.418, cf. 21.93 ; γόμφοισιν πελάσας [ γύην] when he has fixed [ the plough-tree to the pole] with nails, Hes.Op. 431 : metaph., ἑ.. κακῇς ὀδύνῃσι π. bring him into pain, Il.5.766 ; ἐμὲ.. κράτει πέλασον endue me with might, Pi. O.1.78 ; Βορέᾳ σῶμα π. exposing it.., Ar.Av. 1399 (anap.) ; ἔπος ἐρέω, ἀδάμαντι πελάσσας (sc. αὐτό) having made it firm as adamant, Orac. ap. Hdt.7.141.2 folld. by a Prep.,με.. νῆσον ἐς Ὠγυγίην πέλασαν θεοί Od. 7.254
; , cf. 424 ; alsoδεῦρο π. τινά 5.111
;οὖδάσδε πελάζειν τινά 10.440
.3 [voice] Med., bring near to oneself, οὐκ ἔστιν πελάσασθαι ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἐφικτόν Emp.l.c.C [voice] Pass., like the intr. [voice] Act., come nigh, approach, etc., c. dat.,ἀσπίδες.. ἔπληντ' ἀλλήλῃσι Il.4.449
; πλῆτο χθονί he came near (i. e. sank to) earth, 14.438 ; οὔδεϊ πλῆντο ib. 468 ;σκοπέλῳ πεπλημένος Od. 12.108
: abs., ἐπεὶ τὰ πρῶτα πέλασθεν (sc. τείχει) Il.12.420, cf. A.Th. 144 (lyr.).2 rarely c. gen.,Χρύσης πελασθεὶς φύλακος S.Ph. 1327
.3 folld. by a Prep.,πελασθῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν Id.OT 213
(lyr.).II approach or wed, of a woman,μηδὲ πλαθείην γαμέτᾳ A.Pr. 897
(lyr.), cf. E.Andr.25 ; v. supr. A. 11. -
86 touch
tʌtʃ
1. сущ.
1) а) прикосновение delicate touch ≈ нежное, осторожное прикосновение gentle, light, soft touch ≈ мягкое, легкое прикосновение heavy touch ≈ грубое прикосновение б) салки (детская игра) в) осязание sense of touch ≈ чувство осязания г) штрих;
перен. характерная черта, отметина, печать;
манера, приемы ( художника и т. п.) personal touch ≈ характерные черты( человека)
2) а) чуточка, примесь, налет, оттенок, отсвет The expression looked different. One would have said that there was a touch of cruelty in the mouth. ≈ Выражение лица изменилось. Казалось, что в улыбке была едва-едва заметная безжалостность (О.Уайльд, "Портрет Дориана Грея", гл.
7). There was a touch of bitterness in what he said. ≈ В его словах чувствовалась горечь. б) легкий приступ( болезни) ;
небольшой ушиб и т. п. a touch of the sun ≈ перегрев
3) а) общение, соприкосновение Keep in close touch with me. ≈ Не теряйте со мной контакта. I am out of touch with the present situation. ≈ Я не имею представления о настоящей ситуации. to lose touch with ≈ потерять связь, контакт ( с кем-л.) close touch ≈ близкое соприкосновение out of touch with ≈ не иметь представления о чем-л. б) подход (к людям) ;
такт He has a marvellous touch in dealing with children. ≈ он прекрасно ладит с детьми. в) сл. вымогательство;
получение денег обманным путем
4) испытание, проба to put/bring to the touch ≈ подвергнуть испытанию
5) муз. туше
6) спорт площадь за боковыми линиями футбольного и т. п. поля ∙ in touch within touch
2. гл.
1) а) (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться б) соприкасаться;
геом. касаться, быть касательной в) притрагиваться к еде, есть He has not touched food for two days. ≈ Он два дня ничего не ел. I couldn't touch anything. ≈ Я не был голоден.
2) а) касаться, слегка затрагивать (тему, вопрос) б) трогать, волновать, задевать за живое в) касаться, иметь отношение( к чему-л.) How does this touch me? ≈ Какое это имеет отношение ко мне?
3) а) обыкн. страд. быть слегка испорченным Leaves are touched with frost. ≈ Листья тронуты морозом. He is slightly touched. ≈ У него не все дома. б) слегка окрашивать;
придавать какой-л. легкий оттенок в) оказывать воздействие Nothing will touch these stains. ≈ Этих пятен ничем не выведешь.
4) а) разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством) (for) He touched me for a large sum of money. ≈ Он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег). б) получать (жалованье) He touches L2 6s a week. ≈ Он получает 2 фунта 6 шиллингов в неделю.
5) сравниться;
достичь такого же высокого уровня There is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up. ≈ Нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья. ∙ touch at touch bottom touch down touch for touch in touch off touch on touch up touch upon touch wood to touch smb. on a sore/tender place ≈ задеть кого-л. за живое прикосновение;
касание - at a * при (первом) прикосновении - a * of /with/ a stick прикосновение палочкой - a * to the cap приветствие прикосновением к шапке - to give a * прикоснуться - to give one's horse a * of the spurs слегка пришпорить коня - he felt a cold * on his arm он почувствовал на руке холодное прикосновение - momentary * (of the shoulders to the mat) кратковременное соприкосновение лопаток с ковром (спортивная борьба) осязание - * is the fifth of our senses осязание - наше пятое чувство - soft to the * мягкий на ощупь - to know smth. by (the) * узнать что-л. на ощупь - he has a delicate sense of * у него очень чувствительная кожа, у него очень развито осязание /чувство осязания/ чувствительность;
чуткость, такт - she has a wonderful * with chldren она удивительно тактична с детьми тактильное ощущение - the velvety * of fabric бархатистость ткани - the cold * of marble холод мрамора соприкосновение, общение;
связь, контакт - in * with smb. в контакте с кем-л. - I'll be in * я далеко не уеду, я дам о себе знать - to get in /into/ * with smb. связаться с кем-л. - to keep in * with smb. поддерживать связь /контакт/ с кем-л. - I can't get in * with him никак не могу поймать его - to put smb. in * with smb. познакомить /связать/ кого-л. с кем-л. - to be out of * /to lose */ with smb. потерять связь /не общаться/ с кем-л. - to lose * with the older generation терять контакты со старшим поколением - have you lost * with your friends back home? вы потеряли связь с друзьями на родине? знание, понимание, контроль - to be in * with the situation быть в курсе дел;
знать, как идут дела - to keep smb. in * with smth. держать кого-л. в курсе дел - to be out of * with smth. быть не в курсе дел;
перестать следить за чем-л. - to be out of * with modern methods не знать современных методов, не владеть /не уметь пользоваться/ современными методами - to lose * with reality утратить представление о действительности, жить в мире грез штрих;
черточка;
деталь - vivid *es in the story живые детали в рассказе - a few deft *es несколько искусных штрихов - to put /to give/ the finishing /the final/ *es to smth., to add the final * to smth. добавлять последние штрихи к чему-л., отделывать что-л.;
заканчивать /завершать/ что-л. характерная черта - the personal * характерная черта (человека) - * of nature черта характера - a characteristic * in speech характерная нотка в речи - a dress with individual * about it платье с выдумкой - a man with a * of good breeding хорошо воспитанный человек, человек с прекрасными манерами (художественная) манера, стиль;
прием;
сноровка - a sculptor with a bold * скульптор со смелым резцом - he writes with a light * он пишет просто /доходчиво/ - I know the *es of his tools я знаю его работу - one can easily recognize the * of the master легко можно узнать руку большого художника - a tennis player who has lost his * теннисист, утративший свой стиль - his room needs a woman's * этой комнате не хватает женской руки;
в этой комнате не чувствуется присутствия женщины( разговорное) особый фасон или манера - the latest * последний крик моды( музыкальное) туше - firm * уверенное туше эффект туше или удара - a piano with a stiff * фортепьяно с тугими клавишами - the typewriter has a light * у этой (пишущей) машинки легкая клавиатура чуточка;
примесь;
оттенок, налет - a * of garlic привкус чеснока - a * of perfume слабый запах /аромат/ духов - a * of irony оттенок иронии - an acid * in smb.'s voice кислая нотка в голосе - the first *es of autumn первые признаки осени - to have a * of colour быть слегка окрашенным - there's a * of colour in her cheeks ее щеки слегка порозовели - there was a * of frost in the air чувствовался легкий морозец, слегка морозило - there was a * of the Dane about him в нем было что-то от датчанина - his hope is a * too wild его надежды немножко беспочвенны - ask me no more, for at a * I yield не просите меня больше, еще слово - и я уступлю легкий приступ (болезни) ;
небольшой ушиб и т. п. - a * of the sun легкий солнечный удар - a * of rheumatism слабый /небольшой/ приступ ревматизма - * of fever небольшой жар, температурка - he has a * of flu он немного простужен (разговорное) сумма - the dinner was a guinea * обед обошелся в гинею (сленг) деньги, полученные взаймы или выпрошенные;
деньги, полученные мошенническим путем - to come for a * прийти с целью поживиться - to make a *, to put the * (on smb.) подзанять денег (у кого-л.) ;
выклянчить/ выцыганить/ деньги (у кого-л.) (сленг) мошенничество, обман, надувательство - it's a * меня надули, меня объегорили качественная проба (золота, серебра и др. металлов) метка, клеймо, проба ( на золоте, серебре и др. металлах) проба на степень густоты сиропа (в сахароварении) (устаревшее) пробный камень (медицина) ощупывание;
пальпация намагничивание( прикосновение предмета к магниту) (спортивное) площадь, лежащая за боковыми линиями футбольного поля - to kick the ball into * выбить мяч за боковую линию (спортивное) боковая линия - out of * за боковой линией > easy /soft/ * человек, легко дающий деньги в долг;
слабое место, слабое звено > he's an easy /soft/ * у него легко занять деньги;
его легко надуть > he thinks you're a soft * in the family он думает, что ты в нашей семье - слабое место > common *, * of elbows чувство локтя > a near * опасное /рискованное/ положение;
опасность, которую едва удалось избежать > rum * странный /эксцентричный/ человек;
странное дело > in /within/ * близко, под рукой;
доступно, достижимо > to put to the * подвергнуть испытанию немного, чуточку - to aim a * too low прицелиться чуть-чуть ниже, чем нужно касаться, трогать, прикасаться, притрагиваться - to * slightly слегка прикоснуться - to * the ball (спортивное) задеть мяч, коснуться мяча - to * a thing with the hand трогать вещь рукой - to * land приземлиться - to * the horse with the spur, to * one's spurs to the horse слегка пришпорить коня - to * a person on the arm привлечь чье-л. внимание, коснувшись руки - he *ed his lute /the strings of his lute/ delicately он нежно коснулся струн лютни касаться, соприкасаться - the two ships *ed два судна соприкоснулись - our palms *ed наши ладони коснулись друг друга быть каким-л. на ощупь - the rock *es rough скала кажется шершавой на ощупь (обычно отриц. или вопр.) трогать (пальцами, руками) - visitors are requested not to * the exhibits посетителей просят не трогать руками экспонаты - nothing must be *ed until the police have come нельзя ничего трогать до прихода полиции (обычно отриц. или вопр.) притрагиваться (к еде, вину и т. п.) ;
есть, пить - he has not *ed food for two days два дня он ничего не ел - I couldn't * anything я не мог ничего есть - he never *es a drop он не пьет ни капли( обычно отриц. или вопр.) тронуть, ударить - don't * her! только посмей тронуть ее! - he swears he never *ed the child он клянется, что никогда не трогал ребенка (обычно отриц. или вопр.) заниматься( чем-л.), делать( что-л.) ;
брать в руки;
прикасаться - we have not been able to * our work all day за весь день мы не смогли прикоснуться к работе - I haven't *ed the piano for a long time я давно не играл на пианино - he had never *ed a card before then до этого он вообще не брал в руки карт( обычно отриц. или вопр.) касаться, иметь половые отношения - I doubt it he had ever *ed a woman before his marriage сомневаюсь, что он имел дело с женщинами до женитьбы соприкасаться, примыкать, граничить - his garden *es mine его сад граничит с моим - the country *es mountains on the north с севера страну замыкают /к стране примыкают/ горы достигать;
доставать - can you * the ceiling? вы можете достать до потолка? - to * bottom коснуться дна достигать, доходить до, равняться - the thermometer *ed 30 degrees yesterday вчера термометр поднялся до 30 градусов - he *es 6 feet он шести футов ростом равняться, идти в сравнение с - there is nothing to * sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья - is there one of you that could * him? разве кто-нибудь из вас может сравниться с ним? - my cooking can't * yours мое кулинарное искусство не идет в сравнение с вашим иметь отношение (к чему-л.) - the question *es you nearly вопрос близко касается вас - the new law doesn't * the case at all новый закон никак не распространяется на этот случай;
этот случай совершенно не подходит под новый закон - how does this * me? какое это имеет ко мне отношение? - I won't * that business я не хочу иметь ничего общего с этим делом влиять, оказывать влияние - his war experiences seem not to have *ed him at all военные переживания не оставили никакого следа в его душе - alert to everything that *ed his personal honour чувствительный ко всему, что затрагивало его честь оказывать физическое воздействие - nothing will * these stains эти пятна ничем не выведешь - this acid will not * silver эта кислота не действует на серебро - this metal is so hard that a file cannot * it металл настолько твердый, что напильник его не берет обыкн. р.р. наносить вред, ущерб;
слегка портить - the leaves are *es with frost листья тронуты морозом - the paintings were not *ed by the fire огонь не тронул картин - this horse is slightly *ed in the wind у этой лошади дыхание немного не в порядке /не все в порядке с дыханием/ обыкн. р.р. действовать на психику - he is slightly *ed он немного не в себе, у него не все дома - the fright has *ed his wits он помешался от испуга обыкн. р.р. легко ранить, задеть - no soldiers were *ed in the skirmish ни один солдат в стычке не пострадал трогать, волновать - the sad story *ed her heart эта печальная история взволновала ее - he was *ed by her kindness он был тронут ее добротой - no memory of the past *ed him картины прошлого не волновали его - he was *ed to tears он был растроган до слез - his repentance *ed me to the heart его раскаяние тронуло меня до глубины души задевать за живое;
сердить, раздражать - his vanity was *ed no less than his sense of duty его тщеславие было задето не меньше, чем его чувство долга - to * smb. to the quick, to * smb. home, to * smb. on a raw /on a sore, on a tender/ place, to * smb. on the raw задеть кого-л. за живое, задеть чье-л. больное место;
уязвить кого-л. до глубины души обыкн. р.р. слегка окрашивать;
придавать оттенок - clouds *ed with pink розоватые облака обыкн. р.р. подмешивать, примешивать - admiration *ed with envy восхищение, к которому примешивается зависть, восхищение с оттенком зависти ставить пробу, клеймо, метку (на металле) (редкое) упоминать, намекать( медицина) ощупывать, пальпировать (математика) касаться, быть касательной (спортивное) наносить удар (фехтование) - to * one's opponent коснуться противника (рапирой) (устаревшее) намагничивать( прикосновением к магниту) затрагивать (тему, вопрос) - we *ed many topics in our talk в разговоре мы коснулись многих тем - he merely *ed the subject он лишь затронул вопрос наносить (линии, штрихи) изменять, подправлять, перекрашивать( штрихами, мазками) давать сигнал( звонком, горном) - to * the bell нажать на кнопку звонка получать (жалованье, стипендию) - he *es $2 a week он получает два доллара в неделю быть следующим за чем-л. (о мастях карт и т. п.) - diamonds * hearts бубны следуют за червями /идут сразу после червей/ (морское) плыть круто к ветру (о парусниках) - to touch at a port заходить в порт( о судах) - what ports did your boat * at on your trip? в какие порты заходил ваш пароход во время путешествия? - to touch smb. for smth. (разговорное) выпрашивать, клянчить, занимать, выманивать что-л. у кого-л.;
(амер) воровать, красть, вынимать из кармана что-л. у кого-л. - he *ed John for a dollar он заставил Джона раскошелиться на доллар - he *ed me for a large sum of money он занял /выклянчил/ у меня большую сумму денег - to * smb. for his watch вынуть у кого-л. (из кармана) часы, срезать часы у кого-л. - to touch (up) on smth. затрагивать, касаться, упоминать что-л.;
влиять, оказывать влияние на что-л.;
иметь отношение к чему-л.;
подходить близко, граничить с чем-л.;
доходить до, достигать (о температуре и т. п.) - I have already *ed on these questions я уже говорил об этом - the revolution *ed on almost all aspects of human activity революция затронула почти все аспекты человеческой деятельности - his actions * on treason его действия граничат с предательством, его действия - почти предательство - to touch one's hat to smb. коснуться шляпы, приподнять шляпу в знак приветствия - to touch smth. to smth. подносить что-л. к чему-л. - he *ed a lighted match to the candle он поднес зажженную спичку к свече > to * and go коснуться дна;
выиграть один шанс из тысячи;
едва удаться > to * shore подплыть к берегу > to * bottom дойти до предельно низкого уровня (о ценах) ;
опуститься;
добраться до сути дела;
(авиация) (жаргон) разбиться > our hopes *ed bottom надежда в нас едва теплилась > to * pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом > to * the spot попасть в цель, соответствовать своему назначению;
понять суть дела;
найти корень зла > a glass of iced beer *es the spot on a hot day стакан холодного пива - незаменимая вещь в жаркий день > to * wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, стучать по дереву, чтобы не накликать беду > * wood! не сглазьте!;
постучите по дереву! > I would not * him with a barge-pole /with a pair of tongs, (американизм) with a ten foot pole/ он мне противен /омерзителен/ > to * the wind (морское) заполаскивать (о парусах) ~ слегка окрашивать;
придавать оттенок;
clouds touched with rose розоватые облака ~ typist машинистка, работающая по слепому методу;
common touch чувство локтя ~ соприкосновение, общение;
in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
to get in touch (with smb.) связаться( с кем-л.) ~ подход (к людям) ;
такт;
he has a marvellous touch in dealing with children он прекрасно ладит с детьми ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
he is slightly touched = у него не все дома ~ разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством;
for) ;
he touched me for a large sum of money он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег) to ~ (smb.) on a sore (или tender) place задеть (кого-л.) за живое;
he touches six feet он шести футов ростом ~ касаться, иметь отношение (к чему-л.) ;
how does this touch me? какое это имеет отношение ко мне? ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ спорт. площадь за боковыми линиями (футбольного и т. п.) поля;
in touch за боковой линией ~ соприкосновение, общение;
in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
to get in touch (with smb.) связаться (с кем-л.) in (или within) ~ близко, под рукой in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению( с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
he is slightly touched = у него не все дома to lose ~ (with smb.) потерять связь, контакт (с кем-л.) in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению( с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению (с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики ~ оказывать воздействие;
nothing will touch these stains этих пятен ничем не выведешь ~ характерная черта;
the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ штрих;
to put the finishing touches (to) делать последние штрихи, отделывать;
заканчивать ~ проба, испытание;
to put (или to bring) to the touch подвергнуть испытанию ~ осязание;
soft to the touch мягкий на ощупь ~ сравниться;
достичь такого же высокого уровня;
there is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья ~ чуточка;
примесь;
оттенок, налет;
a touch of salt чуточка соли;
there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь touch sl вымогательство;
получение денег обманным путем ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
touch at мор. заходить( в порт) ;
touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
touch at мор. заходить (в порт) ;
touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ характерная черта;
the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ чуточка;
примесь;
оттенок, налет;
a touch of salt чуточка соли;
there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь ~ легкий приступ (болезни) ;
небольшой ушиб;
a touch of the sun перегрев ~ up взволновать;
touch upon = touch on;
to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться;
соприкасаться;
to touch one's hat (to smb.) приветствовать( кого-л.), приподнимая шляпу ~ up взволновать;
touch upon = touch on;
to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ доходить до ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
touch at мор. заходить (в порт) ;
touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ касаться, иметь отношение (к чему-л.) ;
how does this touch me? какое это имеет отношение ко мне? ~ касаться, слегка затрагивать (тему, вопрос) ~ (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться;
соприкасаться;
to touch one's hat (to smb.) приветствовать (кого-л.), приподнимая шляпу ~ касаться ~ контакт ~ легкий приступ (болезни) ;
небольшой ушиб;
a touch of the sun перегрев ~ манера, приемы (художника и т. п.) ~ оказывать воздействие;
nothing will touch these stains этих пятен ничем не выведешь ~ осязание;
soft to the touch мягкий на ощупь ~ подход (к людям) ;
такт;
he has a marvellous touch in dealing with children он прекрасно ладит с детьми ~ получать (жалованье) ~ разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством;
for) ;
he touched me for a large sum of money он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег) ~ спорт. площадь за боковыми линиями (футбольного и т. п.) поля;
in touch за боковой линией ~ прикосновение ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ проба, испытание;
to put (или to bring) to the touch подвергнуть испытанию ~ разница между лучшей ценой продавца и лучшей ценой покупателя по конкретному виду ценных бумаг ~ салки (детская игра;
тж. touch and run) ~ связь ~ слегка окрашивать;
придавать оттенок;
clouds touched with rose розоватые облака ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
he is slightly touched = у него не все дома ~ соприкосновение, общение;
in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
to get in touch (with smb.) связаться (с кем-л.) ~ соприкосновение ~ сравниться;
достичь такого же высокого уровня;
there is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья ~ трогать, волновать, задевать за живое ~ муз. туше ~ характерная черта;
the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ чуточка;
примесь;
оттенок, налет;
a touch of salt чуточка соли;
there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь ~ штрих;
to put the finishing touches (to) делать последние штрихи, отделывать;
заканчивать ~ at a port заходить в порт ~ off быстро набросать;
передать сходство ~ off вызвать( спор и т. п.) ~ off вызывать спор ~ off выпалить( из пушки) ~ off давать отбой (по телефону) ~ off дать отбой( по телефону) ~ on граничить (с чем-л.) (напр., с дерзостью) ~ on затрагивать, касаться вкратце (вопроса и т. п.) to ~ (smb.) on a sore (или tender) place задеть (кого-л.) за живое;
he touches six feet он шести футов ростом to ~ pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом;
to touch the spot попасть в цель;
соответствовать своему назначению ~ typist машинистка, работающая по слепому методу;
common touch чувство локтя ~ up взволновать;
touch upon = touch on;
to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ up заканчивать ~ up исправлять, заканчивать, отделывать, класть последние штрихи, мазки ~ up исправлять ~ up напомнить, натолкнуть ~ up отделывать ~ up подстегнуть (лошадь) to ~ wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, предотвратить дурное предзнаменование;
touch wood! не сглазьте! to ~ pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом;
to touch the spot попасть в цель;
соответствовать своему назначению ~ up взволновать;
touch upon = touch on;
to touch shore подплыть к берегу to ~ wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, предотвратить дурное предзнаменование;
touch wood! не сглазьте! -
87 प्रति _prati
प्रति ind.1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition).-2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c.-3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of.-4 As a separable preposi- tion (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop.-5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते.-6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [ Note:-- In the com- pounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.]-Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders.-अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās.-अग्नि ind. towards the fire.-अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v.-अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose.-2 a division, chapter, section.-3 every limb.-4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind.1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1.-2 for every subdivision.-3 in each case (in grammar).-अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch.-अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1.-2 repository.-अनन्तर a.1 being in immediate neigh- bourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्).-2 standing nearest (as an heir).-3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind.1 immediately after.-2 next in succession.-रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R.-अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind.-अनीक a1 hostile, opposed, inimical.-2 resisting, opposing.-3 opposite.-4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy.(-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām.-2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also).-3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1.-अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration.-अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion.-अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering.(-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26.-2 a bordering country; especi- ally, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak.-अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh.-अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4.-अब्दम् ind. every year-अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy.-अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent.-2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र.-3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।).-अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion.-अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved.-अवयवम् ind.1 in every limb.-2 in every particular, in detail.- अवर a.1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12.-2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19.-अश्मन् m. red chalk.-अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease.-अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6.-आकारः a scabbard, sheath.-आघातः 1 a counter-stroke.-2 reaction.-आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour.-आत्मम् ind. singly, severally.-आत्मक a. belonging to oneself.-आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself.-आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45.-आदित्यः a mock sun.-आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning.-2 pro- hibition.-आर्द्र a. fresh.-आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8.-2 trust, con- fidence.-आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12.-आस्वर 1 returning.-2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2.-आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5.-उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder.-उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14.-2 a bird resembling an owl.-ऋचम् ind. in each Rik.-एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind.1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31.-एनस् m.1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7.-2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety.-कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary.-2 a critic.-कण्ठम् ind.1 severally, one by one.-2 near the throat.-कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually.-कश a. not obeying the whip.-कष्ट a. comparatively bad.-कामिनी a female rival; Śi.-कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness.-2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28.-3 a target, butt, mark.-कितवः an opponent in a game.-कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant.-कूपः a moat, ditch.-कूल a.1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24.-2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45.-3 inauspicious.-4 contradictory.-5 reverse, inverted.-6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contra- diction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् dis- agreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.).-कूल ind.1 adversely, contrarily.-2 inversely, in inverted order.-कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose.-कूलिक a. hostile, inimical.-क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56.-क्षपम् ind. everynight.-गजः a hostile elephant-गात्रम् ind. in very limb.-गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain.-2 an inferior mountain.-गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house.-ग्रामम् ind. in every village.-चक्रम् a hostile army.-चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene.-चरणम् ind.1 in every (Vedic) school or branch.-2 at every foot-step.-छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45.-2 an image, picture.-जङ्घा the forepart of the leg.-जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate,-तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion.-तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः).-त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time.-दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient.-दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6.-दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, every- where.-दूतः a messenger sent in return.-देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7.-देशम् ind. in every country.-देहम् ind. in every body.-दैवतम् ind. for every deity.-द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival.-2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility.-द्वन्द्विन् a.1 hostile, inimical.-2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29.-3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25.-द्वारम् ind. at every gate.-धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another.-नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson.-नव a.1 new, young, fresh.-2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38.-नाडी a branch-vein.-नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic com- position; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c.-नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45.-निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v.-न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15.-पक्ष a. like, similar.(-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S,-2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'.-3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5.-4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता1 hostility, opposition.-2 obstacle.-पक्षित a.1 containing a contradiction.-2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष.-पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary.-पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh.-प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76.-पदम् ind.1 at evry stop.-2 at every place, everywhere.-3 expressly.-4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2.-पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R.-पाणः 1 a stake.-2 a counter-pledge.-3 a counter-stake; Mb.3.-पादम् ind. in each quarter.-पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'.-पादपम् ind. in every tree.-पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil.-पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man.-2 a substitute, deputy.-3 a companion.-4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake).-5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man.-पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript.-पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon.-प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to.-प्रभातम् ind. every morning.-प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -- a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana.-2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45.-प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart.-प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56.-बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13.-बलः a.1 able, powerful.-2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful.(-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7.-2 strength.-बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm.-2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon).-बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18.-2 an image, a picture.-बीजम् a rotten seed.-भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5.(-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21.-2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1.-भय a.1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful.-2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5.-भैरव a. dreadful.-मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.)-मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21.-मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.).-2 an eccentric orbit.-मन्दिरम् ind. in every house.-मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22.-मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35.-माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22.-मार्गः the way back; Mb.4.-मार्गम् ind. back, back- wards.-माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी).-मासम् ind. every month, monthly.-मित्रम् an enemy, adversary.-मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291.-2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind.1 towards.-2 in front, before.-मुखरी a particular mode of drumming.-मुद्रा 1 a counter- seal.-2 the impression of a seal.-मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment.-मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness.-मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी).-यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants.-रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2.-रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb.-रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4.-2 quarrel; controversy.-3 (Ved.) life (प्राण).-रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22.-राजः a hostile king.-रात्रम् ind. every night.-रूप a.1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9.-2 beautiful.-3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17.-4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्).(-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness.-2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28.-4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21.-रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1.(-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49.-2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52.-3 a reflec- tion.-लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token.-लिपिः f. a tran- script, a written copy.-लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28.-लोम a.1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15.-2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband).-3 hostile.-4 low, vile, base.-5 left (वाम).-6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7.-7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25.-लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5.-कम् inverted order.-लोमतः ind.1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68.-2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39.-वत्सरम् ind. every year.-वनम् ind. in every forest.-वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding.-वर्धिन् a. being a match for.-वर्षम् ind. every year.-वस्तु n.1 an equivalent, a counter- part.-2 anything given in return.-3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48.-वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33.-वारणः a hostile elephant.-वासरम् ind. every day.-विटपम् ind.1 on every branch.-2 branch by branch.-विषम् an anti- dote. (-षा) a birch tree.-विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree.-वीरः an opponent, antagonist.-वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for.-वृषः a hostile bull.-वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion.-वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood.-2 a neighbour.-वेशिन् a. a neigh- bour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14.-वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house.-वेश्यः a neighbour.-वैरम् re- quital of hostilities revenge.-शब्दः 1 echo, reverbera- tion; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28.-2 a roar.-शशिन् m. a mock-moon.-शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda).-शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21.-संवत्सरम् ind. every year.-सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh.-संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1.-सम a. equal to, a match for.-सव्य a. in an inverted order.-सामन्तः an enemy.-सायम् ind. every evening.-सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun.-2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16.-सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17.-स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere.-स्मृतिः N. of parti- cular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3.-स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5.-हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33.-हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3.-हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2. -
88 draga
* * *I)(dreg; dró, drógum; dreginn), v.1) to draw, drag, pull;draga heim viðinn, to drag the logs home;draga árar, to pull the oars;absol., drógu þeir skjótt eptir, they soon pulled up to them;draga boga, to draw the bow;draga segl, to hoist sails (= draga upp segl);draga fisk, to catch, pull up fish with a line;draga kvernstein, to turn the millstone, to grind;við ramman mun reip at draga, it will be pulling a rope against a strong man, i. e. it will be a difficult task;2) to draw, inhale (draga úþefjan með nösum);draga nasir af e-u, to smell a thing;draga öndina, to breathe, live;3) to procure, earn, gain (þegar hann hafði fé dregit sem hann vildi);draga e-m e-t, to procure (or get) one a thing (eigi sögðust þeir vita, at hann drœgi Haraldi ríki);4) to employ as a measure (draga kvarða við viðmál);5) to prolong protract (dvalir þessar drógu tímann);6) to delay, put off, defer;vil ek þessi svör ekki láta draga fyrir mér lengi, I will not wait long for these answers;hann dró um þat engan hlut, he made no subterfuge;7) to delineate, draw a picture (var dregit á skjöldinn leo með gulli);í þann tíma sem hann dregr klæðaföllin (the folds);8) to trim or line garments (treyjan var dregin útan ok innan við rauða silki);with dat., hjálmr hans var dreginn leiri (overlaid with clay), er áðr var (dreginn) gulli;9) intrans to move, draw;drógu þeir þeim svá nær (came so near to them), at;10) with preps.:draga föt, skóklædi af e-m, to pull off one’s clothes, shoes;draga hring af hendi sér, to take off a ring from one’s hand;dró hann þá grunninu, he pulled them off the shallow;draga e-t af e-u, to draw, derive from a source;draga e-t af, to take off (Þ. hafði látit af draga brúna);draga e-t af við e-n, to keep back, withhold, from one;man héðan af eigi af dregit við oss, henceforth we shall no be neglected, stinted;Egill dró at sér skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself;draga vél at e-m, to draw wiles around one;draga spott, skaup, at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule;draga at lið, föng, to collect troops, stores;dró at honum sóttin, the illness drew closer to him, he grew worse;impers., dró at mætti hans, dró at um matt hans, his strength declined (fell off);til þess er dró at degi, till the day drew near;þá er dregr at jólum, when Yule drew near;dró at því (the time drew near). at hann væri banvænn;tók þá at draga fast at heyjum hans, his stock of hay was rapidly diminishing;svá dregr at mér af elli, svengd, þorsta, I am so overcome by old age, hunger, thirst;nú þykki mér sem fast dragi at þér, that thou art sinking fast;draga hring á hönd sér, to put a ring on one’s hand;draga (grun) á e-t, to suspect;draga á vetr, to rear through the winter (Hrafnkell dró á vetr kálf ok kið);impers., dregr á tunglit, the moon is obscured (= dregr myrkr á tunglit);dimmu þykkir draga á ráðit Odds, it looks as if a cloud was drawing over Odds’ affairs;dregr á gleði biskups, the bishop’s gladness was obscured;draga eptir e-m, to gain on one (Þórarinn sótti ákaft róðrinn ok hans menn, ok drógu skjótt eptir þeim Steinólfi ok Kjallaki);draga eptir e-m um e-t, to approach one, to be nearly equal to one, in a thing;um margar íþróttir (in many accomplishments) dró hann fast eptir Ólafi konungi;draga e-t fram, to produce, bring forward (draga fram athugasamlig dœmi); to further, promote (draga fram hlut e-s);draga fram kaupeyri sinn, to make money;draga fram skip, to launch a ship;impers., dregr frá, (cloud darkness) is drawn off;hratt stundum fyrir, en stundum dró frá, (clouds) drew sometimes over, sometimes off;dregr fyrir sól, tungl, the sun, moon is obscured by clouds or eclipse (tunglskin var ljóst, en stundum dró fyrir);ok er í tók at draga skúrirnar, when showers began to gather;draga e-ð saman, to collect, gather (draga lið, her, skip saman);impers., saman dró kaupmála með þeim, they struck a bargain;saman dró hugi þeirra, their hearts were drawn together;dregr þá saman or dregr saman með þeim, the distance between them grows less;draga e-t í sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin (vil ek eigi draga í sundr sættir yðrar);impers., dregr þá í sundr or dregr í sundr með þeim, the distance between them increases;draga e-n til e-s, to move, prompt, induce;engi ofkæti dregr mik til þessarar ferðar, it is not from wantonness that I undertake this journey;slíkt dregr hann til vinsældar, this furthers his popularity;ef hann drógi ekki til, if he was not concerned;draga e-t til dœmis um e-t, to adduce as a proof of;hann hét at draga allt til sætta (to do everything in his power for reconciliation) með þeim Skota konungi;impers., nema til verra dragi, unless matters turn out for the worse;with dat., þat samband þeirra, er þeim dregr báðum til bana, which will prove fatal to both of them;at hér mundi til mikillar úgiptu draga um kaup þessi, that much mischief would arise from this bargain;dró þá enn til sundrþykkju með þeim Svíum, the old feud with the Swedes began all over again;svá er þat, segir R., ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforesceen thing happens;draga e-t undan e-m, to seek to deprive one of a thing (þeir hafa bundizt í því at draga bœndr undan þér);draga e-t undan, to delay (drógu Skotar undan sættina);hví dregr þú undan at bjóða mér til þín? why dost thou put off inviting me to come?;draga rót undan (tölu), to extract the root;draga undan e-m, to escape from one (nú lægir seglin þeirra ok draga þeir undan oss);impers., hann (acc.) dró undan sem nauðuligast, he had a narrow escape;lítt dró enn undan við þik, there was little chance of drawing out of thy reach;draga e-t undir sik, to apropriate or take fraudulently to oneself (hafði dregit undir sik finnskattinn);impers., dró yðr (acc.) undir hrakningina, en oss (acc.) undan, you came in for hard uasge but we escaped;draga upp skip, to drag a ship ashore;draga upp segl, to hoist a sail (sails);draga upp fisk, to pull up fish with a line;impers., þoku dregr upp, fog is coming on;11) refl., dragast.f. only in pl. ‘drögur’,2) metric term, repetition, anadiplosis (when a stanza begins with the last word of the preceding one).* * *1.u, f., vide drögur.2.u, f., only in pl. drögur, timber carried on horseback and trailing along the ground, Glúm. 368; dragna-hross, a dray-horse, 369: metric. term, a sort of anadiplosis, when a stanza begins with the last word of the preceding one, Edda (Ht.) 126, Skálda 191. -
89 DRAGA
* * *I)(dreg; dró, drógum; dreginn), v.1) to draw, drag, pull;draga heim viðinn, to drag the logs home;draga árar, to pull the oars;absol., drógu þeir skjótt eptir, they soon pulled up to them;draga boga, to draw the bow;draga segl, to hoist sails (= draga upp segl);draga fisk, to catch, pull up fish with a line;draga kvernstein, to turn the millstone, to grind;við ramman mun reip at draga, it will be pulling a rope against a strong man, i. e. it will be a difficult task;2) to draw, inhale (draga úþefjan með nösum);draga nasir af e-u, to smell a thing;draga öndina, to breathe, live;3) to procure, earn, gain (þegar hann hafði fé dregit sem hann vildi);draga e-m e-t, to procure (or get) one a thing (eigi sögðust þeir vita, at hann drœgi Haraldi ríki);4) to employ as a measure (draga kvarða við viðmál);5) to prolong protract (dvalir þessar drógu tímann);6) to delay, put off, defer;vil ek þessi svör ekki láta draga fyrir mér lengi, I will not wait long for these answers;hann dró um þat engan hlut, he made no subterfuge;7) to delineate, draw a picture (var dregit á skjöldinn leo með gulli);í þann tíma sem hann dregr klæðaföllin (the folds);8) to trim or line garments (treyjan var dregin útan ok innan við rauða silki);with dat., hjálmr hans var dreginn leiri (overlaid with clay), er áðr var (dreginn) gulli;9) intrans to move, draw;drógu þeir þeim svá nær (came so near to them), at;10) with preps.:draga föt, skóklædi af e-m, to pull off one’s clothes, shoes;draga hring af hendi sér, to take off a ring from one’s hand;dró hann þá grunninu, he pulled them off the shallow;draga e-t af e-u, to draw, derive from a source;draga e-t af, to take off (Þ. hafði látit af draga brúna);draga e-t af við e-n, to keep back, withhold, from one;man héðan af eigi af dregit við oss, henceforth we shall no be neglected, stinted;Egill dró at sér skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself;draga vél at e-m, to draw wiles around one;draga spott, skaup, at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule;draga at lið, föng, to collect troops, stores;dró at honum sóttin, the illness drew closer to him, he grew worse;impers., dró at mætti hans, dró at um matt hans, his strength declined (fell off);til þess er dró at degi, till the day drew near;þá er dregr at jólum, when Yule drew near;dró at því (the time drew near). at hann væri banvænn;tók þá at draga fast at heyjum hans, his stock of hay was rapidly diminishing;svá dregr at mér af elli, svengd, þorsta, I am so overcome by old age, hunger, thirst;nú þykki mér sem fast dragi at þér, that thou art sinking fast;draga hring á hönd sér, to put a ring on one’s hand;draga (grun) á e-t, to suspect;draga á vetr, to rear through the winter (Hrafnkell dró á vetr kálf ok kið);impers., dregr á tunglit, the moon is obscured (= dregr myrkr á tunglit);dimmu þykkir draga á ráðit Odds, it looks as if a cloud was drawing over Odds’ affairs;dregr á gleði biskups, the bishop’s gladness was obscured;draga eptir e-m, to gain on one (Þórarinn sótti ákaft róðrinn ok hans menn, ok drógu skjótt eptir þeim Steinólfi ok Kjallaki);draga eptir e-m um e-t, to approach one, to be nearly equal to one, in a thing;um margar íþróttir (in many accomplishments) dró hann fast eptir Ólafi konungi;draga e-t fram, to produce, bring forward (draga fram athugasamlig dœmi); to further, promote (draga fram hlut e-s);draga fram kaupeyri sinn, to make money;draga fram skip, to launch a ship;impers., dregr frá, (cloud darkness) is drawn off;hratt stundum fyrir, en stundum dró frá, (clouds) drew sometimes over, sometimes off;dregr fyrir sól, tungl, the sun, moon is obscured by clouds or eclipse (tunglskin var ljóst, en stundum dró fyrir);ok er í tók at draga skúrirnar, when showers began to gather;draga e-ð saman, to collect, gather (draga lið, her, skip saman);impers., saman dró kaupmála með þeim, they struck a bargain;saman dró hugi þeirra, their hearts were drawn together;dregr þá saman or dregr saman með þeim, the distance between them grows less;draga e-t í sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin (vil ek eigi draga í sundr sættir yðrar);impers., dregr þá í sundr or dregr í sundr með þeim, the distance between them increases;draga e-n til e-s, to move, prompt, induce;engi ofkæti dregr mik til þessarar ferðar, it is not from wantonness that I undertake this journey;slíkt dregr hann til vinsældar, this furthers his popularity;ef hann drógi ekki til, if he was not concerned;draga e-t til dœmis um e-t, to adduce as a proof of;hann hét at draga allt til sætta (to do everything in his power for reconciliation) með þeim Skota konungi;impers., nema til verra dragi, unless matters turn out for the worse;with dat., þat samband þeirra, er þeim dregr báðum til bana, which will prove fatal to both of them;at hér mundi til mikillar úgiptu draga um kaup þessi, that much mischief would arise from this bargain;dró þá enn til sundrþykkju með þeim Svíum, the old feud with the Swedes began all over again;svá er þat, segir R., ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforesceen thing happens;draga e-t undan e-m, to seek to deprive one of a thing (þeir hafa bundizt í því at draga bœndr undan þér);draga e-t undan, to delay (drógu Skotar undan sættina);hví dregr þú undan at bjóða mér til þín? why dost thou put off inviting me to come?;draga rót undan (tölu), to extract the root;draga undan e-m, to escape from one (nú lægir seglin þeirra ok draga þeir undan oss);impers., hann (acc.) dró undan sem nauðuligast, he had a narrow escape;lítt dró enn undan við þik, there was little chance of drawing out of thy reach;draga e-t undir sik, to apropriate or take fraudulently to oneself (hafði dregit undir sik finnskattinn);impers., dró yðr (acc.) undir hrakningina, en oss (acc.) undan, you came in for hard uasge but we escaped;draga upp skip, to drag a ship ashore;draga upp segl, to hoist a sail (sails);draga upp fisk, to pull up fish with a line;impers., þoku dregr upp, fog is coming on;11) refl., dragast.f. only in pl. ‘drögur’,2) metric term, repetition, anadiplosis (when a stanza begins with the last word of the preceding one).* * *pret. dró, pl. drógu; part. dreginn; pres. dreg: pret. subj. drægi: [Lat. trahere; Ulf. dragan, but only once or twice, = επισωρεύειν in 2 Tim. iv. 3; Hel. dragan = portare, ferre (freq.); A. S. dragan; Germ. tragen; the Engl. distinguishes between to drag and draw, whence the derived words to draggle, trail, drawl; Swed. draga; the Danes have drage, but nearly obliterated except in the special sense to travel,—otherwise they have trække, formed from the mod. Germ. tragen]:—to draw, drag, carry, pull.A. ACT., with acc.I. to drag, carry, pull; hann dró þau öll út, Nj. 131; djöfla þá er yðr munu d. til eilífra kvala, 273; d. heim við, to drag the logs home, 53; d. sauði, to pick sheep out of a fold, Bs. i. 646, Eb. 106; d. skip fram, to launch a ship; d. upp, to draw her up, drag her ashore, Grág. ii. 433; dró Þorgils eptir sér fiskinn, Fs. 129; Egill dró at sér skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself, Eg. 221, 306; dró hann þá af grunninu, Fms. vii. 264; hann hafði dregit ( pulled) hött síðan yfir hjálm, Eg. 375, cp. Ad. 3; d. föt, skóklæði af e-m, to draw off clothes, shoes; þá var dregin af ( stripped off) hosa líkinu, Fms. viii. 265; dró hann hana á hönd ser, he pulled it on his hand, Eg. 378; d. hring á hönd sér, to put a ring on one’s hand, 306; (hann) tók gullhring, ok dró ( pulled) á blóðrefilinn, id.: phrases, er við ramman reip at d., ’tis to pull a rope against the strong man, i. e. to cope with the mighty, Fms. ii. 107, Nj. 10,—the metaphor from a game; d. árar, to pull the oars, Fms. ii. 180, Grett. 125 A: absol. to pull, ok drógu skjótt eptir, they soon pulled up to them, Gullþ. 24, Krók. 52: metaph., um margar íþróttir dró hann fast eptir Ólafi, in many accomplishments he pressed hard upon Olave, Fms. iii. 17: d. boga, to draw the bow, x. 362, but more freq. benda ( bend) boga: d., or d. upp segl, to hoist the sails, Eg. 93, Fms. ix. 21, x. 349, Orkn. 260: d. fiska, or simply draga (Luke v. 7), to fish with a hook, to pull up fish with a line (hence fisk-dráttr, dráttr, fishing), Fms. iv. 89, Hým. 21, 23, Fs. 129, Landn. 36, Fas. ii. 31: d. drátt, Luke v. 4; d. net, to fish with a drag-net; also absol., draga á (on or in) á ( a river), to drag a river; hence the metaphor, d. langa nót at e-u, = Lat. longae ambages, Nj. 139: d. steina, to grind in a hand-mill, Sl. 58, Gs. 15: d. bust ór nefi e-m, vide bust: d. anda, to draw breath; d. öndina um barkann, id., (andar-dráttr, drawing breath); d. tönn, to draw a tooth.2. phrases mostly metaph.; d. seim, prop. to draw wire, metaph. to read or talk with a drawling tone; d. nasir af e-u, to smell a thing, Ísl. ii. 136; d. dám af e-u, to draw flavour from; draga dæmi af e-u, or d. e-t til dæmis, to draw an example from a thing, Stj. 13, cp. Nj. 65; d. þýðu eðr samræði til e-s, to draw towards, feel sympathy for, Sks. 358; d. grun á e-t, to suspect, Sturl.; d. spott, skaup, gys, etc. at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule, Bs. i. 647; d. á sik dul ok dramb, to assume the air of…, 655 xi. 3; d. á sik ofbeldi ok dramb, Fms. vii. 20; d. e-n á talar, to deceive one, metaphor from leading into a trap, 2 Cor. xii. 17; d. vél at e-m, to deceive one, draw a person into wiles, Nj. 280, Skv. i. 33; d. á vetr, to get one’s sheep and cattle through the winter; Hrafnkell dró á vetr kálf ok kið hin firstu misseri, Hrafn. 22, cp. Germ. anbinden, and in mod. Icel. usage setja á vetr; d. nafn af e-m, to draw, derive the name from, Eb. 126 (App.) new Ed.; the phrase, (hann skyldi ekki) fleiri ár yfir höfuð d., more years should not pass over his head, he must die, Þórð.II. to draw a picture; kross let hann d. í enni á öllum hjálmum með bleiku, Fms. iv. 96; þá dró Tjörvi líkneski þeirra á kamarsvegg, Landn. 247; var dregit á skjöldinn leo með gulli, Ld. 78, Pr. 428; í þann tíma sem hann dregr ( draws) klæða-föllin (the folds), Mar. (Fr.): d. til stafs (mod.), to draw the letters, of children first trying to write; d. fjöðr yfir e-t, a metaph. phrase, to draw a pen over or through, to hide, cloak a thing: gramm. to mark a vowel with a stroke,—a long vowel opp. to a short one is thus called ‘dreginn;’ hljóðstafir hafa tvenna grein, at þeir sé styttir ( short) eða dregnir (drawn, marked with a stroke), ok er því betr dregit yfir þann staf er seint skal at kveða, e. g. ári Ari, ér er-, mínu minni, Skálda 171: to measure, in the phrases, draga kvarða við vaðmál, Grág. i. 497, 498; draga lérept, N. G. L. i. 323.III. to line clothes, etc.; treyja var dregin utan ok innan við rauðu silki, Flov. 19.IV. metaph. to delay; dró hann svá sitt mál, at…, Sturl. iii. 13; hann dró um þat engan hlut, he made no subterfuge, Hkr. ii. 157; Halldórr dró þá heldr fyrir þeim, H. then delayed the time, Ld. 322; vil ek ekki lengr d. þetta fyrir þér, 284; vil ek þessi svör eigi láta d. fyrir mér lengr, Eb. 130.V. with prepp. af, at, á, fram, frá, saman, sundr, etc., answering to the Lat. attrahere, abstrahere, protrahere, detrahere, distrahere, contrahere, etc.; d. at lið, to collect troops; d. saman her, id., Eg. 172, 269, Nj. 127; d. at föng, to collect stores, 208, 259: metaph., þá dró at honum sóttin, the sickness drew nearer to him, he grew worse, Grett. 119; d. af e-m, to take off, to disparage a person, Fms. vi. 287; d. af við e-n, ok mun héðan af ekki af dregit við oss, we shall not be neglected, stinted, Bjarn. 54: mathem. term, to subtract, Rb. 118: d. fram, to bring forward, promote; d. fram þræla, Fms. x. 421, ix. 254, Eg. 354; skil ek þat, at þat man mína kosti hér fram d. (it will be my greatest help here), at þú átt ekki vald á mér; d. fram kaupeyri, to make money, Fms. vi. 8; d. saman, to draw together, collect, join, Bs. ii. 18, Nj. 65, 76; d. sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin; d. e-t á, to intimate, (á-dráttr) drag eigi á þat, Sturl. iii. 110; d. undan, to escape; kómu segli við ok drógu undan, Fms. iv. 201; nú lægir segl þeirra ok d. þeir nú undan oss, v. 11: metaph. to delay, Uspakr dró þó undan allt til nætr, Nj. 272; hirðin sá þetta at svá mjök var undan dregit, Fms. ix. 251 (undan-dráttr, delay); hví dregr þú undan at bjóða mér til þín, Glúm. 326, Fms. ix. 251, Pass. 16. 13: mathem., d. rót undan, to extract a root, Alg. 366; d. upp, to draw a picture (upp-dráttr, a drawing), to pull up, Edda I; to pull out of the snow, Eg. 546; d. út, to extract, draw out, 655 xxxii. 2; d. undir sik, to draw under oneself, to embezzle, Eg. 61, Fms. vii. 128; d. upp akkeri, to weigh anchor, Jb. 403; d. upp segl, to hoist sail, vide above; ljós brann í stofunni ok var dregit upp, Sturl. i. 142; þar brann ljós ok var dregit upp, en myrkt hit neðra, ii. 230; ok er mönnum var í sæti skipat vóru log upp dregin í stofunni, iii. 182; herbergis sveinarnir drógu upp skriðljósin, Fas. iii. 530, cp. Gísl. 29, 113,—in the old halls the lamps (torches) were hoisted up and down, in order to make the light fainter or stronger; d. e-n til e-s, to draw one towards a thing; mikit dregr mik til þess, Fs. 9; engi ofkæti dregr mik til þessarar ferðar, i. e. it is not by my own choice that I undertake this journey, Fms. ix. 352; slíkt dró hann til vinsældar, this furthered him in popularity, vii. 175, Sks. 443 B; mun hann slíkt til d., it will move, influence him, Nj. 210; ef hann drægi ekki til, if he was not concerned, 224.2. draga til is used absol. or ellipt., denoting the course of fate, and many of the following phrases are almost impers.; nema til verra dragi, unless matters turn out worse, Nj. 175; búð, dragi til þess sem vera vill, Lat. fata evenient, 185; ef honum vill þetta til dauða d., if this draw to his death, prove fatal to him, 103, Grett. 114; þat samband þeirra er þeim dregr báðum til bana, which will be fatal to both of them, Nj. 135; enda varð þat fram at koma sem til dró, Ísl. ii. 263; sagði Kveldúlfr at þá ( then) mundi þar til draga sem honum hafði fyrir boðat, Eg. 75; dró til vanda með þeim Rúti ok Unni, it was the old story over again, Nj. 12; dró til vanda um tal þeirra, 129; at hér mundi til mikillar úgiptu draga um kaup þessi, that mickle mischief would arise from this bargain, 30; dró þá enn til sundrþykkju með þeim Svíum, the old feud with the Swedes began over again, Fms. x. 161; ok er úvíst til hvers um dregr, Fs. 6; svá er þat, segir Runólfr, ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforeseen things happen, Nj. 75; hón kvað eigi úlíkligt at til mikils drægi um, Ísl. ii. 19; þá dró nú til hvárttveggja. Bret.; hence til-drög. n. pl. cause.B. IMPERS.1. of clouds, shade, darkness, to be drawn before a thing as a veil; dimmu (acc.) þykir á draga ráðit Odds, it looked as if gloom were drawing over Odd’s affairs, Band. 10; ok er í tók at draga skúrirnar (acc.), it began to draw into showers, i. e. clouds began to gather, Fms. iii. 206: often ellipt., hratt stundum fyrir en stundum dró frá, [ clouds] drew sometimes over, sometimes off, of the moon wading through them, Grett. 114; dregr fyrir sól, [ a veil] draws over the sun, he is hid in clouds; ský vónarleysu döpur drjúgum dró fyrir mína gleði-sól, Bb. 2. 9; dregr á gleði biskups, [ clouds] drew over the bishop’s gladness, it was eclipsed, Bs. ii. 79; eclipsis heitir er fyrir dregr sól eðr tungl, it is called an eclipse when [ a veil] draws over the sun or moon, 1812. 4; tunglskin var ljóst, en stundum dró fyrir, the moonshine was clear, and in turn [ a veil] drew over it, Nj. 118; þá sá lítið af tungli ljóst ok dró ymist til eðr frá, Ísl. ii. 463; þat gerðisk, at á dregr tunglit, ok verðr eclipsis, Al. 54.2. in various connections; dró yðr (acc.) undir hrakningina, en oss (acc.) undan, you were drawn into a thrashing (i. e. got one), but we escaped, Nj. 141; hann (acc.) dró undan sem nauðuligast, he had a narrow escape, Fms. ix. 392: absol., a noun or personal pronoun in acc. being understood, lítt dró enn undan við þik, there was little power of drawing out of thy reach, i. e. thy blow did its work right well. Nj. 199, 155; hvárki dró sundr né saman með þeim, of two running a dead heat: metaph. phrases, mun annarsstaðar meira slóða (acc.) draga, there will be elsewhere a greater trial left, i. e. the consequences will be still worse elsewhere, 54; saman dró hugi þeirra, their hearts were drawn together, of a loving pair, Bárð. 271; saman dró kaupmála með þeim, they struck a bargain, literally the bargain was drawn tight, Nj. 49; hann hreinsar þat skjótt þóat nokkut im (acc.) hafi á oss dregit af samneyti ( although we have been a little infected by the contact with) annarlegs siðferðis, Fms. ii. 261; allt slafr (acc.) dró af Hafri, i. e. H. became quite mute, Grett. (in a verse): in a temp. sense, til þess er dró at degi, till the day drew nigh, Fms. x. 138; þá er dró at miðri nótt, Grett. 140; þá er dregr at Jólum, Yule drew nigh, Fbr. 138; dregr at hjaldri, the battle-hour draws nigh, Fms. vi. (in a verse); dró at því (the time drew nigh), at hann var banvænn, Eg. 126: of sickness, hunger, or the like, to sink, be overcome by, svá dregr at mér af elli, svengd ok þorsta, at…, Fms. iii. 96; nú þykki mér sem fast dragi at þér, thou art sinking fast, Fas. ii. 221; ok er lokið var kvæðinu dregr at Oddi fast, O. was sinking fast, 321: of other things, tók þá at d. fast at heyjum hans, his stock was very low, Fms. iii. 208; þoku dregr upp, a fog draws on, rises, 97 (in a verse), but ok taki sú poka (nom.) fyrir at d. norðrljósit, Sks. an (better þá þoku, acc.)C. REFLEX, to draw oneself, move; ef menn dragask til föruneytis þeirra ( join them) úbeðit, Grág. ii. 270; Sigvaldi dregsk út frá flotanum, S. draws away from the fleet, Fms. xi. 140; ofmjök dragask lendir menn fram, i. e. the barons drew far too forward, vii. 22; hyski drósk á flótta, they drew away to flight, Fms. vi. (in a verse); skeiðr drógusk at vígi, the ships drew on to battle, iii. 4 (in a verse); dragask undir = draga undir sik, to take a thing to oneself, Grág. ii. 150; dragask á hendr e-m, drógusk opt þeir menn á hendr honum er úskilamenn voru, Sturl. i. 136; dragask e-n á hendr, hann kvað þess enga ván, at hann drægisk þá á hendr, ii. 120; dragask aptr á leið, to remain behind, Rb. 108; dragask út, to recede, of the tide, 438; dragask saman, to draw back, draw together, be collected, Fms. i. 25, Bs. i. 134; e-m dragask penningar, Fms. vi. 9; d. undan, to be delayed, x. 251; the phrase, herr, lið dregsk e-m, the troops draw together, of a levy, i. 94, vii. 176, Eg. 277; dragask á legg, to grow up, Hkr. iii. 108; sem aldr hans ok vitsmunir drógusk fram, increased, Fms. vi. 7; þegar honum drósk aldr, when he grew up, Fs. 9; dragask á legg, to grow into a man; dragask við e-t, to become discouraged, Fms. viii. 65; d. vel, illa, to do well, ill, Fs. 146: to be worn out, exhausted, drósk þá liðit mjök af kulda, Sturl. iii. 20; drósk hestr hans, ii. 75: part. dreginn, drawn, pinched, starved, hestar mjök dregnir, Fms. ix. 276; görðisk fénaðr dreginn mjök, drawn, thin, iii. 208; stóð þar í heykleggi einn ok dregit at öllu megin, a tapering hayrick, Háv. 53: of sickness, Herra Andrés lagðisk sjúkr, ok er hann var dreginn mjök, Fms. ix. 276.β. recipr., þau drógusk um einn gullhring, they fought, pulled. Fas. iii. 387. From the reflex. probably originates, by dropping the reflex. suffix, the mod. Swed. and Dan. at draga = to go, esp. of troops or a body of men; in old writers the active form hardly ever occurs in this sense (the reading drógu in the verse Fms. iii. 4 is no doubt false); and in mod. usage it is equally unknown in Icel., except maybe in allit. phrases as, e. g. út á djúpið hann Oddr dró, Snot 229 new Ed.; to Icel. ears draga in this sense sounds strange; even the reflex. form is seldom used in a dignified sense; vide the references above. -
90 apud
ăpŭd ( apud down to the time of Caesar, Corp. Inscr. I. 30; I. 196; and after 45 B. C. both apud, Inscr. Orell. 206; 818, and aput, ib. 206; 15; 34; another form of apud was apor, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull. apud, Ritschl, Rib. in Trag. et Com. Rel., Mull. in Lucil., and Dietsch in Sall.; aput, Lachm., Fleck. in Plaut.; both apud and aput, Mull. in Cat. and Rib. in Verg.) [Corssen once regarded apud as connected with apisci, as juxta with jungo, Ausspr. I. p. 335, 1st ed., but afterwards, ib. 2d ed. I. p. 197, he adopted Pott's view, that it was comp. of Sanscr. api, = to, toward, near (Gr. epi), and ad, old form ar, which view the form apor favors, and thus its strict meaning would be on to, unto; v. infra, IV.]; prep. gov. acc., with, at, by, near (regularly with words denoting rest, and primarily of persons, while ad properly designates only direction, motion, extension, etc., and is chiefly used of places; the diff. between apud and penes is given in Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Mull.: apud et penes in hoc differunt, quod alterum personam cum loco significat, alterum personam et dominium ac potestatem; v. penes, and cf. Nep. Them. 7, 2: ad ephoros Lacedaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum imperium erat, atque apud eos (v. infra, I. B. 2. a.) contendit, etc.; and for the difference between ad and apud, cf. Lucil. 9, 58 sq. Mull.: apud se longe alid est, neque idem valet ad se: Intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se; syn.: ad, prope, coram, inter, in with abl.; rare in early Lat.; very freq. in Plaut., less freq. in Ter., seven times in Verg., five times in Juv., three times in Catull., twice in Ov, and once in Hor. and Prop.; never in Tib. or Pers.; very freq. in Cic., the historians, and the Vulg.).I.A.. In designating nearness in respect of persons, with, near: apud ipsum adstas, Att. ap. Non. p. 522, 25:B.adsum apud te, genitor,
id. ib. p. 522, 32:alteram (partem) apud me adponito,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 60:nunc hic apud te servio,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 62:scriptorum non magnast copia apud me,
Cat. 68, 33 Mull.:mane apud me,
Vulg. Gen. 29, 19:Advocatum habemus apud Patrem,
ib. 1 Joan. 2, 1:cum in lecto Crassus esset et apud eum Sulpicius sederet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 3, 12; so id. Pis. 26, and id. Rep. 3, 28.—Esp.1.a.. With a pron. or subst., apud me, te, se, aliquem, etc., with me, in my house, etc., in one's house, at the house of a person; Fr. chez moi, chez vous, chez soi, etc.:b.Quis heri apud te? Naev., Com. Rel. p. 9 Rib.: dico eum esse apud me,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 15; 4, 2, 73:hic apud me hortum confodere jussi,
id. Aul. 2, 2, 66:si commodumst, apud me, sis, volo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 110:condixerant cenam apud me, Turp., Com. Rel. p. 108 Rib.: quid nunc virgo? Nempe apud test?
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 159:Quid sibi volunt homines isti apud te?
Vulg. Num. 22, 9; ib. Matt. 26, 18:cenabis bene apud me,
Cat. 13, 1:apud me habitavit,
Cic. Clu. 33; id. Verr. 4, 111; 5, 77:apud te cenavit,
id. Div. in Caecil. 58; id. Verr. 4, 49; id. Cael. 26; id. Deiot. 32:in curia posita potius quam rure apud te, Titin., Com. Rel. p. 142 Rib.: mane apud me etiam hodie,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 9:tenet intus apud se,
Lucil. 9, 59 Mull.:Pompeius petiit, ut secum et apud se essem cotidie,
Cic. Att. 5, 6:apud se fecit manere,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 7; ib. Luc. 11, 37:de gladiis, quae apud ipsum erant deprehensa,
Cic. Cat. 3, 10:Cum postridie apud eundem ventum exspectans manerem,
id. Phil. 1, 8:mansit apud eum quattuor mensibus,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 2; ib. Act. 28, 14:apud quem deversatus es,
Cic. Verr. 4, 37: apud nympham Calypsonem, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 685 (cf. Hom. Od. 4, 557: Numphês en megaroisi Kalupsous):habitasti apud Heium Messanae,
Cic. Verr. 4, 18; id. Cael. 51:Fuisti apud Laecam illa nocte,
id. Cat. 1, 4, 9; id. de Or. 1, 22, 104; id. Att. 1, 8:apud Ostorium Scapulam epulatur,
Tac. A. 14, 48:apud Cornelium Primum juxta Velabrum delituit,
id. H. 3, 74; 1, 14:Factum est, ut moraretur apud Simonem quendam,
Vulg. Act. 9, 43:invenient hominem apud sororem tuam occultantem se,
Cic. Dom. 83:qui apud te esset eductus,
id. Quinct. 69:apud quem erat educatus,
id. Lael. 20, 75:cum alter ejus filius apud matrem educaretur,
id. Clu. 27:disciplina C. Cassii, apud quem educatus erat,
Tac. A. 15, 52:se apud Q. Mucium jus civile didicisse,
id. Or. 30:apud eosdem magistratus institutus,
Suet. Calig. 24:servorum manus tamquam apud senem festinantes,
Tac. H. 1, 7:in convivio apud regem,
id. A. 2, 57: Bene vale;apud Orcum te videbo,
in the abode of Orcus, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 16:sacrificasse apud deos, i. e. in templis deorum,
Tac. A. 11, 27:frater apud Othonem militans,
in the army of Otho, id. H. 2, 26; so,nec solum apud Caecinam (cognoscebatur id damnum composuisse),
id. ib. 2, 27:quorum sint legati apud se,
in his camp, Caes. B. G. 4, 8; cf.:Quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,
id. ib. 1, 47:dici hoc potest, Apud portitores eas (litteras) resignatas sibi,
at the custom-house, Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 64; 3, 3, 80:Quantillum argenti mihi apud trapezitam siet,
at the banker's, id. Capt. 1, 2, 90:duo genera materiarum apud rhetoras tractantur, i. e. in scholis rhetorum, as he says just before,
Tac. Or. 35.—Apud me etc. is sometimes added to domi or in aedibus, or interchanges with domi: Me. Ubi namst, quaeso? Ch. Apud me domi, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 21:a me insidias apud me domi positas esse dixerunt,
Cic. Sest. 41:domi esse apud sese archipiratas dixit duos,
id. Verr. 5, 73; so Vulg. Gen. 27, 15:quae (signa) cognovi apud istum in aedibus,
Cic. Verr. 1, 50:esse illa signa domi suae, non esse apud Verrem,
id. ib. 4, 16:nihil apud hanc lautum, pistor domi nullus,
id. Pis. 67; id. Clu. 165.—Hence,Trop.: apud se esse, to be at home, i. e. to be in one's senses, be one's self, be sane (only in conversational lang.; most freq. in Ter.; cf. Gr. en heautôi einai, Ar. Vesp. 642; opp. vecors, amens esse, to be out of one's wits, beside one's self; so Gr. phrenôn exestanai, Eur. Or. 1021):2.Sumne ego apud me?
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 36:Non sum apud me,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 26, and Afran., Com. Rel, p. 170 Rib.:Prae iracundia, Menedeme, non sum apud me,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 48:Vix sum apud me: ita animus commotust metu, spe, gaudio,
id. And. 5, 4, 34:Num tibi videtur esse apud sese?
id. Hec. 4, 4, 85 (quasi ob amorem meretricis insanus, Don.):proin tu fac, apud te ut sies,
id. And. 2, 4, 5 (= ut praeparatus sis, Don.); Petr. 129.—In respect of persons, in whose presence or before whom any thing is done or takes place, esp. of discussions or debates in which the persons have the right of decision (Web. Uebungsch. p. 33), before, in the presence of, = coram, ad.a.Of civil or military affairs, before:b.cum res agatur apud praetorem populi Romani et apud severissimos judices,
Cic. Arch. 3:apud eosdem judices reus est factus,
id. Clu. 22, 59:vis de his judicari apud me?
Vulg. Act. 25, 9:accusavit fratres suos apud patrem,
ib. Gen. 37, 2; ib. 1 Macc. 7, 6; ib. Joan. 5, 45:hoc, quod nunc apud pontifices agis,
Cic. Dom. 51; 117:istud ne apud eum quidem dictatorem quisquam egit isto modo,
id. Lig. 12:qui hanc causam aliquotiens apud te egit,
id. Quinct. 30; so id. Verr. 2, 100; 3, 114; id. Caecin. 69; id. Sest. 120:(populus Romanus) mihi potestatem apud se agendi dedit,
id. Verr. 5, 173: Repulsior secunda collatione dixit Cato in ea, quae est contra Cornelium apud populum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 286 Mull.:tutoresne defendent apud istius modi praetorem?
Cic. Verr. 1, 153; id. Clu. 126: apud te cum sim defensurus me, Vulg. Act. [p. 146] 26, 2:omnia apud praetores gererentur,
Tac. Or. 38:causam nescio quam apud judicem defendebat,
Cic. Clu. 74; so Tac. A. 3, 12; id. Or. 19:apud te defendit alium in ea voluntate non fuisse, in qua te,
Cic. Lig. 6:apud judicem causam dicere,
id. Quinct. 43; id. Verr. 1, 26; id. Sex. Rosc. 85:apud aliquem dicere,
id. Lig. 6; id. Deiot. 4:verba apud senatum fecit,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 20:habita apud senatum oratione,
Tac. A. 12, 25; 6, 8:haec apud patres disseruit,
id. ib. 2, 43; 4, 2;4, 6: modeste apud vos socius populi Romani questus est,
Cic. Verr. 4, 18:Quae est ergo apud Caesarem querella?
id. Lig. 25:isne apud vos obtinebit causam, qui etc.,
id. Caecin. 38:petita multa est apud eum praetorem,
id. Verr. 1, 155:causam contra aliquem apud centumviros dicere,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 98; Tac. Or. 38:numerus oratorum quot annis apud magistratus publice subscribitur,
Cic. Verr. 3, 120:apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur,
Liv. 41, 9: apud proconsules aliquem manumittere, Marcian. ap. Dig. 1, 162.—In extra judicial cases, before:c. (α).apud hunc confessus es et genus etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 52:nullam causam dico, quin mihi Et parentum et libertatis apud te deliquio siet,
id. ib. 3, 4, 93:apud erum qui (servos) vera loquitur,
id. Am. 2, 1, 43:apud novercam querere,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 80:ego apud parentem loquor,
Cic. Lig. 30:plura fateri apud amicos,
Tac. A. 14, 62:aliquid apud aliquem laudare,
Cic. Att. 2, 25; Tac. A. 13, 46; so Vulg. Gen. 12, 15:aliquem apud aliquos vituperare,
Cic. Phil. 2, 11:apud quem tu etiam nos criminari soles,
id. Vatin. 29.—With verbs:(β).apud Tenedios sanctissimus deus habetur,
Cic. Fl. 61; id. Verr. 1, 49:quod apud illos amplissimum sacerdotium putatur,
id. ib. 2, 126;1, 69: si tutoris auctoritas apud te ponderis nihil habebat,
id. ib. 2, 55; id. Planc. 4:apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducetur,
id. Q. Rosc. 6:Quae omnia apud nos partim infamia... ponuntur, Nep. praef. 5: justificatur apud Deum,
Vulg. Gal. 3, 11:haec apud illos barbatos ridicula videbantur,
Cic. Mur. 26; id. Dom. 101:unus dies apud Dominum (est) sicut mille anni, et mille anni sicut dies unus,
Vulg. 2 Pet. 3, 8.—With adjj.:(γ).fuisti apud pontifices superior,
Cic. Dom. 4:qui honos est apud Syracusanos amplissimus,
id. Verr. 4, 137; id. Font. 36:quam clara (expugnatio) apud omnes,
id. Verr. 1, 50; 2, 50:Satis clarus est apud timentem quisquis timetur,
Tac. H. 2, 76; id. Or. 7:hoc est apud Graecos prope gloriosius quam Romae triumphasse,
Cic. Fl. 31; Tac. H. 5, 17:quod aeque apud bonos miserum est,
id. ib. 1, 29:quae justa sunt apud nos,
Vulg. 1 Macc. 11, 33; ib. Rom. 2, 13:tunc eritis inculpabiles apud Dominum,
ib. Num. 32, 22:si is pretio apud istum idoneus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 121.—With substt.:d.est tanta apud eos ejus fani religio atque antiquitas, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 46:tanta nominis Romani dignitas est apud omnes nationes, ut etc.,
id. ib. 5, 150:qua (hic) apud omnes Siculos dignitate atque existimatione sit,
id. ib. 2, 111:Dymnus modicae apud regem auctoritatis et gratiae,
Curt. 6, 72:abominatio est uterque apud Deum,
Vulg. Prov. 17, 15.—Apud animum, apud animum meum, etc. sometimes stand for mihi, mecum, etc., or simply animo: Ea tute tibi subice et apud animum propone, before your mind, before you, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:ipsi primum statuerint apud animos, quid vellent,
Liv. 6, 39, 11:Sic apud animum meum statuo,
Sall. de Ord. Rep. 2:sic statuere apud animum meum possum,
Liv. 34, 2, 4.—So with pers. pron. in Vulg. after the Greek: haec apud se (pros heauton) oravit, within himself, to himself, Luc. 18, 11: Sciens apud semet ipsum (en heautôi), in himself, Joan. 6, 62: statui hoc ipsum apud me (emautôi), ne etc., with myself, 2 Cor. 2, 1; so, hoc cogitet apud se (eph heautou), ib. 10, 7.—And simply before, in the presence of:3.id apud vos proloquar,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 6:nemo est meorum amicorum, apud quem expromere omnia mea occulta audeam,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 14:se jactant apud eos, quos inviti vident,
Cic. Fl. 61:licet mihi, Marce fili, apud te gloriari, ad quem etc.,
id. Off. 1, 22, 78: de vobis glorior apud Macedones, Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2:plus quam apud vos commemorari velitis,
Cic. Caecin. 77:non apud indoctos loquor,
id. Pis. 68:ostendit, quae quisque de eo apud se dixerit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 19:quid apud magnum loquerentur Achillem,
Ov. M. 12, 163:neque raro neque apud paucos talia jaciebat,
Tac. A. 4, 7:loqui de se apud aliquem,
Cic. Att. 1, 3:mentiri apud aliquem,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 24:apud aliquem profiteri,
Curt. 7, 7, 24:Non est nobis haec oratio habenda apud imperitam multitudinem,
Cic. Mur. 61:Caesar apud milites contionatur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 7:gratias agere alicui apud aliquem,
Cic. Sest. 4; so Tac. A. 15, 22:si quid (in me) auctoritatis est, apud eos utar, qui etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2; so id. Lig. 16, and id. Red. in Sen. 24:Quae fundebat apud Samson lacrimas,
Vulg. Jud. 14, 16.—Of a person with whom, in whose case something is, exists, is done, with, in the case of, often = in with abl.:4.quom apud te parum stet fides,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 62:Et bene apud memores veteris stat gratia facti,
Verg. A. 4, 539:At fides mihi apud hunc est,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 10: De. Quid est? Ch. Itan parvam mihi fidem esse apud te? id. Phorm. 5, 3, 27:ut apud me praemium esse positum pietati scias,
id. Hec. 4, 2, 8:alioqui mercedem non habebitis apud Patrem vestrum,
Vulg. Matt. 6, 1:illa res quantam declarat ejusdem hominis apud hostes populi Romani auctoritatem,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 46:(eum) Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 14:si M. Petrei non summa auctoritas apud milites exstitisset,
Cic. Sest. 12:Pompei auctoritas apud omnes tanta est. quanta etc.,
id. Fl. 14; id. Phil. 13, 7:ecquid auctoritatis apud vos socii populi Romani habere debeant,
id. Div. in Caecil. 17; so id. Verr. 2, 14; id. Mur 38:(servi) apud eum sunt in honore et pretio,
id. Sex. Rosc. 77; id. Verr. 5, 157; id. Cat. 3, 2:videmus quanta sit in invidia quantoque in odio apud quosdam virtus et industria,
id. Verr. 5, 181:quo majore apud vos odio esse debet quam etc.,
id. ib. 1, 42:domi splendor, apud exteras nationes nomen et gratia,
id. Clu. 154; id. Mur. 38:Dumnorigem, magna apud plebem gratia,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti etc.,
id. ib. 1, 20:certe apud te et hos, qui tibi adsunt, veritas valebit,
Cic. Quinct. 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 17; id. Lig. 30; id. Marcell. 14; id. Mil. 34:utrum apud eos pudor atque officium aut timor valeret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:apud quem ut multum gratia valeret,
Nep. Con. 2, 1:video apud te causas valere plus quam preces,
Cic. Lig. 31; so id. Lael. 4, 13, and Tac. H. 3, 36:quod apud vos plurimum debebit valere,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11; so Caes. B. G. 1, 17, and Tac. H. 4, 73:qui tantum auctoritate apud suos cives potuit, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 113:speravit sese apud tales viros aliquid posse ad etc.,
id. Sex. Rosc. 141:(eum) apud finitimas civitates largiter posse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:quae (pecunia) apud me contra fidem meam nihil potuisset,
Cic. Verr. 1, 19:quae (memoria) plus apud eum possit quam salus civitatis,
id. Phil. 5, 51; id. Verr. 3, 131:qui apud eum plurimum poterat,
id. ib. 3, 130:qui apud me et amicitia et beneficiis et dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Sex. Rosc. 4; so Caes. B. G. 1, 9.—So very rarely with adjj.:faciles sunt preces apud eos, qui etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 63:nihil me turpius apud homines fuisset,
id. Att. 2, 19:apud quos miserum auxilium tolerabile miserius malum fecit,
Cels. 3, 23.—Of persons, of inhabitants of cities or countries, among whom one is, or something is, is done or happens, among = inter:5.CONSOL. QVEI. FVIT. APVD. VOS., Epit. Scip. ap. Grotef. Gr. II. p. 296: homines apud nos noti, inter suos nobiles,
Cic. Fl. 52:Ut vos hic, itidem ille apud vos meus servatur filius,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 11; 2, 2, 62:qui (colonus) perigrinatur apud vos,
Vulg. Exod. 12, 49:qui regnabat apud vos,
ib. 1 Macc. 12, 7; ib. Matt. 13, 56; ib. Luc. 9, 41:si iste apud eos quaestor non fuisset,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4; 65:Apud eos fuisse regem Divitiacum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 2, 2:qui (praetores) apud illos a populo creantur,
Cic. Fl. 44:apud quos consul fuerat,
id. Div. in Caecil. 66; id. Verr. 2, 5; 4, 108:apud inferos illi antiqui supplicia impiis constituta esse voluerunt,
id. Cat. 4, 8; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10; so Vulg. Eccli. 14, 17: Sunt apud infernos tot milia formosarum, Prop. 3, 2, 63:fateri quae quis apud superos distulit in seram commissa piacula mortem,
Verg. A. 6, 568;Vel. 2, 48, 2: studiis militaribus apud juventutem obsoletis,
Cic. Font. 42:qui apud socios nominis Latini censi essent,
Liv. 41, 9:qui apud gentes solus praestat, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 25 Rib.: quae sacra apud omnes gentes nationesque fiunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 109:id (simulacrum) apud Segestanos positum fuisse,
id. ib. 4, 80:si apud Athenienses non deerant qui rem publicam defenderent,
id. Sest. 141, and Nep. Milt. 6, 2:ille est magistratus apud Siculos, qui etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 131:si tu apud Persas deprehensus etc.,
id. ib. 5, 166:Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:apud omnes Graecos hic mos est, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 158, and id. Fragm. B. 7, 18 B. and K.:quod apud Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50:aliis Germanorum populis usurpatum raro apud Chattos in consensum vertit,
Tac. G. 31:Cui (mihi) neque apud Danaos usquam locus (est),
Verg. A. 2, 71:apud Nahanarvalos antiquae religionis lucus ostenditur,
Tac. G. 43; 32; 38; 44; id. H. 4, 56; 4, 61; id. A. 2, 1; 2, 45: apud Graecos magis quam in ceteris nationibus exculta est medicina, Cels. praef. 3, 9.—So of an army, in, with, where in with abl. is commonly used:qui apud exercitum cum Lucio Lucullo est,
in the army under L. Lucullus, Cic. Verr. 4, 49; so id. Arch. 11:apud exercitum mihi fueris tot annos,
id. Mur. 45:quod Hannibalem etiam nunc cum imperio apud exercitum haberent,
in the army with a command, Nep. Hann. 7, 3:simul manere apud exercitus Titum utile videbatur,
Tac. H. 5, 10:quod XII. pondo argenti habuisset apud exercitum,
with his troops, Plin. 33, 4, 50, § 143.—In designating the author of a work or of an assertion, apud aliquem, in, by, in the writings of, any one (the work itself being designated by in with abl.; as, de qua in Catone majore satis multa diximus, Cic. Off. 1, 42, 151:6.Socraiem illum, qui est in Phaedro Platonis,
id. de Or. 1, 7, 28:quo in libro,
id. ib. 1, 11, 47):ut scriptum apud eundem Caelium est,
Cic. Div. 1, 26, 55:apud Xenophontem autem moriens Cyrus major haec dicit,
id. Sen. 22, 79:quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum, quod etc.,
id. Off. 1, 9, 28:apud Agathoclem scriptum in historia est,
id. Div. 1, 24, 50:ut est apud poetam nescio quem,
id. Phil. 2, 65:Quod enim est apud Ennium, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 8, 26:de qua (ambitione) praeclare apud eundem est Platonem, simile etc.,
id. ib. 1, 25, 87:Apud Varronem ita est, etc.,
Plin. 18, 35, 79, § 348:ut video scriptum apud Graecos,
Cic. Scaur. 4:invenio apud quosdam auctores,
Tac. H. 2, 37; so id. A. 1, 81; 3, 3:reperio apud scriptores,
id. ib. 2, 88:apud Solonem,
i. e. in his laws, Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 64:cui bono est, si apud te Agamemnon diserte loquitur, i. e. in tragoediis tuis,
Tac. Or. 9. —Also of speakers:apud quosdam acerbior in conviciis narrabatur,
Tac. Agr. 22.—a.. Est aliquid apud aliquem = est alicui aliquid, apud aliquem being equivalent to dat. of possessor:b.quae (scientia auguralis) mihi videtur apud majores fuisse dupliciter, ut etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 33:juris civilis magnum usum apud multos fuisse,
id. Brut. 41, 152:cum apud eum summum esset imperium populi,
Nep. Phoc. 2, 4:omnis gratia, potentia, honos, divitiae apud illos sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 8:par gloria apud Hannibalem hostesque Poenos erat,
Liv. 22, 30, 8:apud quos nulla loricarum galearumve tegmina (erant),
Tac. A. 12, 35:pecuniam ac dona majora apud Romanos (esse),
id. H. 4, 76:minorem esse apud victos animum,
id. ib. 3, 1;2, 75: quando quidem est apud te virtuti honos,
Liv. 2, 1, 15: Phoebo sua semper apud me Munera sunt, Phoebus has his gifts with me, i. e. I have his gifts for Phoebus, Verg. E. 3, 62; so Hor. C. 3, 29, 5:apud te est fons vitae,
Vulg. Psa. 35, 10:apud Dominum (est) misericordia,
ib. ib. 129, 7.—Est aliquid apud aliquem also simply denotes that something is in one's hands, in his power, at his disposal:c.erat ei apud me pauxillulum Nummorum,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 3:negasse habere se (phaleras): apud alium quoque eas habuisse depositas,
Cic. Verr. 4, 29:multa (signa) deposita apud amicos,
id. ib. 4, 36:apud quem inventus est scyphus,
Vulg. Gen. 44, 16; ib. [p. 147] Exod. 22, 4; ib. Deut. 24, 12.—So also of persons:te pix atra agitet apud carnuficem,
in the hands of, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 65:qui (obsides) apud eum sint,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31; 1, 33.—Apud aliquem = alicui, the dat. of indir. obj.:II.remanet gloria apud me, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 194 Rib.: nihil apud Siculum, nihil apud civem Romanum tota in Sicilia reliquisse,
Cic. Verr. 4, 2:si (cura rei publicae) apud Othonem relinqueretur,
Tac. H. 1, 13; 1, 20:qui judicia manere apud ordinem Senatorium volunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 8:neque praemia caedis apud interfectorem mansura,
Tac. H. 2, 70; id. A. 15, 7:fidens apud aliquem obligare,
Dig. 16, 1, 27.—So rarely with adjj.:Essetne apud te is servos acceptissimus?
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 56:non dicam amicum tuum, quod apud homines carissimum est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 110:apud publicanos gratiosus fuisti,
id. ib. 2, 169; 4, 38; id. Fl. 76; id. Lig. 31: Apud homines hoc impossibile est;apud Deum autem omnia possibilia sunt,
Vulg. Matt. 19, 26; ib. Marc. 10, 27.Transf. In designations of place,A.At, near, about, around, before (esp. freq. in the post-Aug. histt.) = ad, prope, circum, ante: tibi servi multi apud mensam adstant, Naev. ap. Prisc. p. 893 P. (Com. Rel. p. 10 Rib.):B.verecundari neminem apud mensam decet,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 77:Quid apud hasce aedis negotii est tibi?
id. Am. 1, 1, 194:Quid illisce homines quaerunt apud aedis meas?
id. Most. 4, 2, 26; id. Trin. 4, 2, 25: apud ignem adsidere, Turp. ap. Non. p. 522, 26 (Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.); Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 86, 16:navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 17:apud Tenedum pugna illa navalis,
Cic. Arch. 21:ut apud Salamina classem suam constituerent,
Nep. Them. 3, 4:apud oppidum morati,
Caes. B. G. 2, 7:agri in Hispania apud Karthaginem Novam,
Cic. Agr. 1, 5:bellatum apud Actium,
Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 72; 3, 76:Pugnabant alii tardis apud Ilion armis,
Ov. R. Am. 163:morabatur in castris apud Galgalam,
Vulg. Jos. 10, 6:quidquid apud durae cessatum est moenia Trojae,
Verg. A. 11, 288:apud vetustam turrem, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 189 Rib.: apud castellum consedisse,
Tac. A. 4, 25:Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,
id. H. 3, 35:apud vexillum tendentes,
id. A. 1, 17:trepidatur apud naves,
id. H. 2, 15:hostis est non apud Anienem, sed in urbe,
Cic. Mur. 84; id. Fam. 2, 10, 5:quam detraxerat apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilio alto,
Verg. A. 5, 261:apud abunaantem amnem et rapidas undas Inachi, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,
Verg. A. 12, 331:octo apud Rhenum legiones,
Tac. A. 1, 3:apud ripam Rheni,
id. ib. 2, 83:probavi te apud Aquam Contradictionis,
Vulg. Psa. 80, 8:repertus apud fretum Siciliae,
Tac. A. 6, 14:propitiata Juno apud proximum mare,
id. ib. 15, 44:apud promunturium Miseni consedit in villa,
id. ib. 6, 50:Ut aput nivem et ferarum gelida stabula forem, for in nive etc.,
Cat. 63, 53 Mull.:apud altaria deum pepigere,
before, Tac. A. 11, 9:decernuntur supplicationes apud omnia pulvinaria,
id. ib. 14, 12 (cf.:unum diem circa omnia pulvinaria supplicatio fuit,
Liv. 41, 9):apud Caesaris effigiem procubuit,
Tac. A. 12, 17; 13, 23:quartum apud lapidem substiterat,
id. ib. 15, 60:laudavit ipse apud rostra (for pro rostris),
Tac. A. 16, 6; so, apud forum (cf.: ad forum under ad, I. A. 3., and in Gr. Sophocl. Trach. 371, pros mesêi agorai;on the other hand,
id. ib. 423, en mesêi agorai; id. ib. 524, têlaugei par ochthôi): Quidam apud forum mihi vendidit, Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 250 Rib.: Ch. Qui scis? By. Apud forum modo e Davo audivi, Ter. And. 2, 1, 2; 1, 5, 18:Capuae multa apud forum aedificia de caelo tacta,
Liv. 41, 9 (Weissenb., in foro):quod (templum) apud forum holitorium C. Duilius struxerat,
Tac. A. 2, 49.—At, in = in with abl. or gen. or abl. of place: CONSVLES SENATVM CONSOLVERVNT N. OCTOB. APVD AEDEM DVELONAI, S. C. de Bacch. I.; so,III.ejus statuam majores apud aedem matris deum consecravisse,
Tac. A. 4, 64:apud villam est,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 1; so Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:Eum argentum sumpsisse apud Thebas ab danista fenore,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 67:deponere apud Solos in delubro pecuniam,
Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:ut rationes apud duas civitates possim relinquere,
id. Att. 6, 7, 2: qui mense Aprili apud Baias essent, id. Fragm. B. 13, 4, 1 B. and K.;13, 4, 4 iid.: seditio militum coepta apud Sucronem,
Liv. 28, 29:donum apud Antium statuitur,
Tac. A. 3, 71:bellis civilibus Maecenatem equestris ordinis cunctis apud Romam atque Italiam praeposuit,
id. ib. 6, 11:Titus in consecrando apud Memphim bove Apide diadema gestavit,
Suet. Tit. 5:quod Judaeam praeterveniens apud Hierosolymam non supplicasset,
id. Aug. 93:apud Mediolanum,
Lact. Mort. Persec. 48:eum pugionem apud Capitolium consecravit,
Tac. A. 15, 74:Equitum Romanorum locos sedilibus plebis anteposuit apud Circum,
id. ib. 15, 32:quae (effigies) apud theatrum Pompei locaretur,
id. ib. 3, 72:qui (rei) apud aerarium pependissent,
Suet. Dom. 9 Roth:cujus (scientiae) apiscendae otium apud Rhodum magistrum Thrasullum habuit,
Tac. A. 6, 20; 4, 14; so Suet. Aug. 92; Eutr. 7, 13:ut civitati Cibyraticae apud Asiam subveniretur,
Tac. A. 4, 13; 4, 18; 16, 15:apud Pharsaliam,
Liv. Epit. 111:apud Palaestinam,
Eutr. 7, 13:qui erant apud Helladam,
Vulg. 1 Macc. 8, 9. —Of time.A.With words denoting time or occasion, in, at (rare):B.apud saeclum prius,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 15:aliquem apud judicium persequi,
at the trial, Cic. Verr. 4, 104.—With words designating persons, with, among, in the time of:IV.hostis apud majores nostros is dicebatur, quem nunc etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 12, 36:fecerunt hoc multi apud majores nostros,
id. Verr. 2, 118; 5, 148:Fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,
id. Mur. 36; id. Off. 2, 24, 85; id. Lael. 2, 6:Apud antiquos fuit Petron quidam, Cels. praef. 3, 9: aliam apud Fabricios, aliam apud Scipiones pecuniam (fuisse),
Tac. A. 2, 33.—For ad with words implying motion (very rare):► Apud has some peculiarities of position, chiefly in Tac.APVT EVM PERVENIRE,
Inscr. Grut. 786, 5:atque apud hunc eo vicinum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 70:Bito apud aurificem,
Lucil. 30, 66 Mull.: apud legiones venit, Sall. Fragm. ap. Pomp. Commod. Don. p. 395 Lind.:(naves) apud insulas longius sitas ejectae,
Tac. A. 2, 24:qui apud Romanos de societate functus est legatione,
Vulg. 2 Macc. 4, 11.(cf. ad, I. fin. b.)a.It is sometimes placed after its subst.:b.quae fiunt apud fabros, fictores, item alios apud,
Varr. L. L. 6, 78, p. 104 Mull.:Is locus est Cumas aput,
Lucr. 6, 747 Lachm.:montem apud Erycum,
Tac. A. 4, 43:ripam apud Euphratis,
id. ib. 6, 31:Misenum apud et Ravennam,
id. ib. 4, 5 (in Suet. Dom. 9 the editt. vary between aerarium apud and apud aerarium; the latter seems preferable, and is adopted by Oudend., Bremi, Baumg.-Crus., and Roth).—It is sometimes placed between the subst. and adj.:c.barbaras apud gentes,
Tac. A. 2, 88, 3, 26; 15, 60:non modo Graecis in urbibus, sed Romana apud templa,
id. ib. 14, 14.—Twice in Verg. it stands before the secondary adjunct of its subst.:apud durae moenia Trojae, A. 11, 288: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,
ib. 12, 331. Apud is never found in compound words. V. more on this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 405-416. -
91 manus
1.mănus, ūs (dat. manu for manui:I.alternae manu,
Prop. 1, 11, 12; 2, 1, 60), f. [root man-, ma-, to measure; Sanscr. ma, measure, moon; cf. Germ. Mond, moon, and O. H. Germ. mund, hand; Angl.-Sax. mund], a hand.Lit.:II.quam vero aptas, quamque multarum artium ministras manus natura homini dedit!
Cic. N. D. 2, 60, 150:vas in manus sumere,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 62:Epicurum in manus sumere, i. e. scripta Epicuri,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 8:pyxidem in manu tenere,
id. Cael. 26, 63:manum porrigere ad tradendum aliquid,
id. ib.:de manibus deponere,
to lay out of one's hands, lay down, id. Ac. 1, 1, 2. ponere, id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:extorquere,
to wrest from one's hands, id. Cat. 1, 6, 13:e manibus dimittere,
to let go out of one's hands, id. Or. 30, 105: manum ad os apponere, i. e. to lay the finger on the lips in token of secrecy, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4: alicui in manu esse, to be obvious, clear:neque mihi in manu Jugurtha qualis foret,
Sall. J. 14, 4:(feminas) in manu esse parentium, fratrum, virorum,
subject to, Liv. 34, 2, 11; cf.:minus filiae uxores sorores quibusdam in manu erunt,
id. 34, 7, 11: in manibus esse, to be in everybody's hands, to be well known:est in manibus oratio,
Cic. Lael. 25, 96:est in manibus laudatio,
id. Sen. 4, 12; id. Brut. 33, 125.—Also, to be near:hostes sunt in manibus,
near to us, close by us, upon us, Caes. B. G. 2, 19, 7; also, to be present: attendere, quae in manibus sunt, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 13, 1; Verg. A. 10, 280: in manibus habere, to have in hand, to be engaged on a thing:omnia, quae in manibus habebam, abjeci,
Cic. Att. 13, 47, 1:habeo opus magnum in manibus,
id. Ac. 1, 1, 2:philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus, in eam, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18; id. Sen. 7, 22; id. Cael. 27, 65:milites bellum illud, quod erat in manibus, reliquisse,
id. Rep. 2, 37, 63; cf.:dum occasio in manibus esset,
Liv. 7, 36, 10:inimicorum in manibus mortuus est,
among, Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 108:manu tenere,
to know for certain, id. Brut. 80, 277.— Pass.:manibus teneri,
to be certain, evident, Cic. Sest. 32, 69: habere in manibus, to fondle, caress, make much of:sic in manibus (inimicum meum) habebant, sic fovebant, etc.,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 10:in manus venire,
to come to hand, id. Q. Fr. 2, 15, b, 1:proelium in manibus facere,
to fight at close quarters, Sall. J. 57, 4:ad manum habere,
to have at hand, have in readiness, Quint. 12, 5, 1:ad manum esse,
at hand, in hand, near, Liv. 9, 19: ad manum venire or accedere, to come hand to hand, come to close quarters:nonnumquam etiam res ad manus, atque ad pugnam veniebat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 28; Nep. Eum. 5, 2; Liv. 2, 30:ut venere in manus,
Tac. A. 2, 80:ut ventum in manus,
id. H. 4, 71:adire manum alicui, v. 1. adeo: ad manum intueri aliquid,
at hand, close by, hard by, Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 97:prae manu or manibus,
at hand, in readiness, in hand, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 3, 10; App. M. 6, p. 180, 32; Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 23; Gell. 19, 8:quem servum ille habuit ad manum,
Cic. de Or. 3, 60, 225:servus a manu,
i. e. a scribe, secretary, Suet. Caes. 74:de manu dare,
to give with one's own hand, Lampr. Alex. Sev. 37: de manu in manum quippiam tradere, to deliver from hand to hand, i. e. with great care, Cic. Fam. 7, 5, 2: manum ferulae subducere, to take the hand from the rod, i. e. to be too old for the rod, Juv. 1, 15: e manu (for eminus; opp. cominus), from a distance: quae mea cominus machaera atque hasta hostibit e manu, Enn. ap. Fest. s. v. redhostire, p. 270 Müll. (Trag. v. 212 Vahl.): plenā manu, with a full or plentiful hand, bountifully, liberally:plenā manu dare,
abundantly, Sen. Ben. 1, 7, 2; id. Ep. 120, 10; id. ad Polyb. 9, 7;so trop.: Hortalus, quam plenā manu nostras laudes in astra sustulit,
Cic. Att. 2, 25, 1; so,plenis manibus pecuniam largiri,
Lact. 3, 16, 15; cf.:quemquam vacuis a se manibus abire pati,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 14, 5: manibus pedibusque aliquid facere (Greek pux kai lax), with hands and feet, i. e. with all one's power, with might and main, Ter. And. 1, 1, 134:per manus,
with the hands, Caes. B. G. 6, 37:per manus servulae,
by her assistance, Cic. Att. 1, 12, 3: per manus tradere, to deliver from hand to hand, from mouth to mouth, to hand down from father to son:traditae per manus religiones,
Liv. 5, 51: per manus, also, by force, by main force, forcibly:per manus libertatem retinere,
Sall. J. 31, 22: inter manus, in one's hands, under one's hands:agger inter manus proferebatur,
Caes. B. C. 2, 2:villa crescit inter manus,
Sen. Ep. 12, 1:nihil adhuc inter manus habui cui majorem sollicitudinem praestare deberem,
Plin. Ep. 2, 5, 2:scripta quae inter manus habes,
are occupied with, id. ib. 5, 5, 7.— Trop., palpable, evident:ante oculos interque manus sunt omnia vestras,
Verg. A. 11, 311; cf.:manus inter parentum,
id. ib. 2, 681: inter manus, also, in one's hands, in one's arms:abripite hunc intro actutum inter manus,
Plaut. Most. 2, 1, 38:e convivio auferri,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 28: sub manu and sub manum, at hand, near, readily, immediately, on the instant: Vocontii sub manu ut essent, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 2:quo celerius, ac sub manum annuntiari cognoscique posset, quid in provincia quāque gereretur, etc.,
Suet. Aug. 49; Sen. Ep. 71, 1: sub manus succedere, according to one's wish, [p. 1112] Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 59: alicujus manu esse, to be from or by one's hand:epistulae quae quidem erant tua manu,
Cic. Att. 7, 2, 3; cf. id. ib. 8, 13, 1 (cf. II. C. infra): manu, with the hand, by hand, i. e. artificially, opp. to naturally, by nature: manu sata, i. e. by the hand of man, opp. to what grows wild. Caes. B. C. 3, 44:urbs manu munitissima,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 4:quaedam ingenia manu, quod aiunt, facienda sunt,
Sen. Ep. 52, 1:quidam et liberos ejurent et orbitatem manu faciant,
id. ad Marc. 19, 2: morbi, quos manu fecimus, i. e. which we produce by our own fault (e. g. by intemperance), Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 3: oratio manu facta, artificial, elaborate, opp. to natural, simple, id. Ep. 115, 2: manu mederi, to be a surgeon, Cels. praef. 1: manibus aequis or manu aequā, with equal advantage:manibus aequis abscessum est,
Tac. A. 1, 63:aequā manu discedere,
to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39, 4: manus afferre, to lay hands on; trop., to destroy or weaken:qui diutius torqueri patitur, quem protinus potest liberare, beneficio suo manus affert,
Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 3:manum inicere alicui,
to lay the hand on one, to detain, arrest him, Cic. Rosc. Com. 16, 48: manum dare, to give or lend a hand, to help, assist, Quint. 2, 3, 7: manus dare or dedere, to give the hands to be bound; hence, in gen., to give up, yield, surrender:perpende, et, si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
Lucr. 2, 1043:fateor, manus vobis do,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 72:donicum aut certe vicissent, aut victi manum dedissent,
Nep. Ham. 1; cf. Caes. B. G. 5, 31; Cic. Att. 2, 22, 2; Ov. H. 4, 14; 17, 260; Verg. A. 11, 568; Lact. 5, 1, 3:brevi manu,
immediately, without delay, Dig. 23, 3, 43, § 1:longā manu,
slowly, tediously, ib. 46, 3, 79: manum tollere, to raise the hand in token of an intention to yield, to yield, submit: cedo et tollo manum, Cic. Fragm. ap. Lact. 3, 28: manus tollere, to raise the hands in token of admiration or astonishment, Cic. Ac. 2, 19, 63: manus tendere ad aliquem, less freq. alicui, to stretch out the hands to one to implore assistance, Caes. B. G. 2, 13; Cic. Font. 17, 38:quae Romanis manus tendebant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 48:dextram Italiae,
Cic. Phil. 10, 4, 9:manu sternere aliquem,
with the sword, Verg. A. 9, 702: utrāque manu, with both hands, i. e. willingly, readily, Mart. 1, 16, 9:manus manum lavat,
one hand washes the other, one helps the other, Sen. Apoc. 9 fin.; Petr. c. 45, 13; Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 80: manum non vertere, not to turn the hand, prov. for to take no pains, make no effort:qui se fatentur virtutis causā ne manum quidem versuros fuisse,
Cic. Fin. 5, 31, 93; cf. App. Mag. p. 311.Transf.A.The hand as the instrument used in fight; hence, personal valor, bravery:2.ne usu manuque reliquorum opinionem fallent,
Caes. B. C. 3, 86:manu fortissimus,
Liv. 39, 40:manu fortis,
Nep. Dat. 1, 3:manu vincere,
Ov. M. 1, 448:manu capere urbes,
by force of arms, Sall. J. 5, 5:manum committere Teucris,
to fight, Verg. A. 12, 60; so,conserere manum,
Liv. 21, 39; 25, 11; 27, 33:conferre manum,
Liv. 10, 43; Verg. A. 12, 345:in proelia Ferre manum,
id. ib. 5, 403; cf.:et vice teli saevit nuda manus,
Juv. 15, 54.—Force, violence, fighting, close combat:B.res venit ad manus atque ad pugnam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 28:venire ad manum,
Liv. 2, 30:accedere ad manum,
Nep. Eum. 5:in manus venire,
to come to an engagement, come to close quarters, Sall. J. 89, 2:pugna jam ad manus venerat,
Liv. 2, 46:non manu, neque vi,
force, violence, Sall. J. 31, 18; so Tac. Agr. 9.—Of the hand of an artist:C.manus extrema non accessit ejus operibus,
the last hand, the finishing touch, Cic. Brut. 33, 126: aptius a summā conspiciare manu, when you have given yourself the finishing touch, i. e. have completed your toilet, Ov. A. A. 3, 225:carmen nondum recepit ultimam manum,
has not yet received the last polish, Petr. 118.—Hence, extremam bello Imponere manum, to put the finishing hand to the war, to bring it to a close, Verg. A. 7, 573.—Prov.: manum de tabula, lit., the hand from the picture, i. e. enough, Cic. Fam. 7, 25, 1.—A hand, handwriting; in gen., work, workmanship:D.librarii manus,
Cic. Att. 8, 13, 1: Alexidis manum amabam, quod tam prope accedebat ad similitudinem tuae litterae, id. ib. 7, 2, 3:manum suam cognovit,
id. Cat. 3, 5, 12:propter emissam ab eis manum,
Dig. 22, 3, 15:Praxitelis manus, Scopaeque,
Mart. 4, 39, 3:artificum,
Verg. A. 1, 455.—For pars, a side:E.est ad hanc manum sacellum,
Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 37:a laeva conspicienda manu,
Ov. A. A. 3, 307. —In throwing dice, a stake: quas manus remisi, to throw up the stakes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 71.—F.In fencing, a thrust, hit, blow:G.rectae, aversae, tectaeque manus,
Quint. 9, 1, 20:prima, secunda, tertia, quarta,
the prime, second, tierce, quart, id. 5, 13, 54.—The trunk of an elephant:H.manus etiam data elephantis,
Cic. N. D. 2, 47, 120; Curt. 8, 14, 27; Sil. 9, 628.—The fore-paws of bears, Plin. 8, 36, 54, § 130.—K.The branches on a tree:L.(platanus) cui lnnumerae manus,
Stat. S. 2, 3, 39:fraxineae,
Pall. Insit. 60.—In milit. lang.: ferreae manus, iron hooks with which an enemy's ship was grappled, grappling-irons:M.manus ferreas atque harpagones paraverant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 57:in advenientes hostium naves ferreas manus inicere,
Liv. 36, 44 fin.:manus ferreas excogitare,
Front. Strat. 2, 3, 24; Plin. 7, 56, 57, § 209; Curt. 4, 9, 2; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 38; Luc. 3, 635.—Also milit., an armed force, corps of soldiers:2.si nova manus cum veteribus copiis se conjunxisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 37:magnam manum conducere,
id. ib. 5, 27:Hasdrubalem propediem affore cum manu haudquaquam contemnenda,
Liv. 30, 7 fin.; id. 44, 27.—Beyond the milit. sphere, in gen., a body, host, number, company, multitude:N.Romam veniet cum magna manu,
Cic. Att. 16, 11, 6:evocatorum,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 3:manus ad Quirinalia paratur,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 4; cf.:manum facere, copias parare,
id. Caecin. 12, 33:manus bonorum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:Judaeorum,
id. Fl. 28, 66:conjuratorum,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 12:bicorpor,
i. e. the Centaurs, id. Tusc. 2, 9, 22:purpuratorum et satellitum,
Liv. 42, 51:magna clientium,
Suet. Tib. 1:comitum,
Stat. S. 5, 3, 262:juvenum,
Verg. A. 6, 5.—Labor, hands, i. e. workmen:O.nos aera, manus, navalia demus,
Verg. A. 11, 329:quale manus addunt ebori decus,
id. ib. 1, 592.—Power:2.haec non sunt in nostra manu,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2, 3; cf.: in tua manu est, it rests with you, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 1:juxta deos in tua manu positum est,
Tac. H. 2, 76:victoria in manu nobis est,
depends on, Sall. C. 20, 10:in vostra manu situm,
id. J. 31; Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 43:in manu esse mihi,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 67. —In partic., in jurid. lang., the legal power of a husband over his wife, the manus:P.in potestate quidem et masculi et feminae esse solent: in manum autem feminae tantum conveniunt. Olim itaque tribus modis in manum conveniebant: usu, farreo, coëmptione, etc.,
Gai. Inst. 1, 108 sq.; Cic. Fl. 34, 84 al.—Law t. t., manūs injectio, i. e. an arrest: per manus injectionem agebatur, Gai Inst. 4, 21: ob eam rem ego tibi sestertium X. milium judicati manus inicio, Vet. Form. ap. Gai. ib.2.mānus, i. q. bonus, Varr. L. L. 6, 2, 4; Macr. S. 1, 3, 13; Isid. 5, 30, 14; Serv. Verg. A. 1, 139; 2, 286; v. ‡ cerus manus. -
92 nigh
1. a поэт. близкий, ближний2. a поэт. прямой, короткий3. a поэт. арх. скупой4. a поэт. арх. левый5. adv поэт. близко, рядом6. adv поэт. почти7. v поэт. приближаться, подходить8. prep поэт. рядом, околоstay nigh me — держись около меня, стой рядом со мной
Синонимический ряд:1. close (adj.) close; immediate; near; near-at-hand; nearby; proximate2. approach (verb) approach; approximate; near3. around (other) a stone's throw from; about; around; at close hand; circa; close; close by; close to; hard; near; nearby; not far from4. nearly (other) all but; almost; approximately; as good as; just about; more or less; most; much; nearly; practically; roughly; round; roundly; rudely; say; some; somewhere; well-nigh -
93 on
on
1. preposition1) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) sobre, encima de, en2) (in or into (a vehicle, train etc): We were sitting on the bus; I got on the wrong bus.) en3) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) a; el, los4) (about: a book on the theatre.) sobre5) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) en, de6) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) sobre, en7) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) con, a8) (taking part in: He is on the committee; Which detective is working on this case?) en9) (towards: They marched on the town.) a, hacia10) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) en11) (by means of: He played a tune on the violin; I spoke to him on the telephone.) por12) (being carried by: The thief had the stolen jewels on him.) con13) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) en14) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) tras
2. adverb1) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) en2) (used to show a continuing state etc, onwards: She kept on asking questions; They moved on.) continuamente, sin parar3) ((also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) en marcha, en funcionamiento4) ((also adjective) (of films etc) able to be seen: There's a good film on at the cinema this week.) en exhibición, en cartelera5) ((also adjective) in or into a vehicle, train etc: The bus stopped and we got on.) a bordo
3. adjective1) (in progress: The game was on.) en curso2) (not cancelled: Is the party on tonight?) en pie•- oncoming- ongoing
- onwards
- onward
- be on to someone
- be on to
- on and on
- on time
- on to / onto
on1 adv1. encendido / puesto2. abierto3. puesto4.what time is the programme on? ¿a qué hora dan el programa?5. adelante / sin pararthe policeman told him to stop, but he drove on el policía le dijo que parara, pero siguió adelanteshe saw me, but she just walked on me vio, pero siguió su caminoon2 prep1. en / sobre2. en3.4. enwhat's on at the cinema? ¿qué echan en el cine?5. sobreon the left / on the right a la izquierda / a la derechaon seguido de un gerundio se traduce al español por al más el infinitivoon arriving, she phoned her mother al llegar, llamó a su madreontr[ɒn]1 (covering or touching) sobre, encima de, en2 (supported by, hanging from) en3 (to, towards) a, hacia■ on the right/left a la derecha/izquierda4 (at the edge of) en5 (concerning) sobre■ we went on a journey nos fuimos de viaje, hicimos un viaje7 (days, dates, times) no se traduce8 (at the time of, just after) al10 (as means of transport) a, en■ on foot, on horseback, on a bicycle a pie, a caballo, en bicicleta■ on the train, on the bus, on the underground en el tren, en el autobús, en el metro11 (regarding, about) sobre, de12 (by means of) por■ on the radio, on the TV por la radio, por la tele13 (using) con■ how do you get by on your pension? ¿cómo te las arreglas con tu pensión?14 (state, process) diferentes traducciones15 (working for, belonging to) diferentes traducciones■ whose side are you on? ¿de parte de quién estás?16 (in possession of) con■ have you got any money on you? ¿llevas dinero?17 (paid for by) pagado por■ the drinks are on me! ¡invito yo!18 (by comparison with) respecto a1 (not stopping) sin parar■ on with the show! the show must go on! ¡que siga el espectáculo!3 (clothes - being worn) puesto,-a■ who left the TV on? ¿quién dejó la TV encendida?■ don't leave the tap on! ¡no dejes el grifo abierto!■ could you put a record on? ¿podrías poner un disco?■ is there anything good on TV? ¿dan algo bueno por la tele?■ what time is the film on? ¿a qué hora ponen la película?■ have we got anything on this weekend? ¿tenemos plan para este fin de semana?■ is the heating on? ¿está puesta la calefacción?■ is the party still on? ¿se hace la fiesta?■ the match is on after all después de todo, el partido se celebra■ you're on next! ¡sales tú el próximo!\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLand so on y así sucesivamentefrom that day on a partir de aquel díait's not on no hay derecho, eso no valeon line SMALLCOMPUTING/SMALL conectado,-ato be on about hablar de■ what on earth is he on about? ¿de qué diablos está hablando?to be on at somebody dar la lata a alguiento be on for something apuntarse a algoto go on and on about something seguir dale que dale con algoto have something on somebody tener algo contra alguienyou're on! ¡trato hecho!on ['ɑn, 'ɔn] advput the top on: pon la tapahe has a hat on: lleva un sombrero puestofrom that moment on: a partir de ese momentofarther on: más adelanteturn the light on: prende la luzon adjthe radio is on: el radio está prendidothe game is on: el juego ha comenzado3)to be on to : estar enterado deon prepon the table: en (sobre, encima de) la mesashadows on the wall: sombras en la paredon horseback: a caballo2) at, to: aon the right: a la derecha3) aboard, in: en, aon the plane: en el aviónhe got on the train: subió al trenshe worked on Saturdays: trabajaba los sábadosevery hour on the hour: a la hora en puntohe cut himself on a tin can: se cortó con una latato talk on the telephone: hablar por teléfonoon fire: en llamason the increase: en aumentoon a committee: en una comisiónon vacation: de vacacioneson a diet: a dieta9) about, concerning: sobrea book on insects: un libro sobre insectosreflect on that: reflexiona sobre esoonadj.• conectado, -a adj.• en marcha adj.• encendido, -a adj.adv.• encima adv.prep.• acerca de prep.• conectado (Electricidad) prep.• de prep.• en prep.• encendido (Electricidad) prep.• encima de prep.• sobre prep.
I ɑːn, ɒn1)a) ( indicating position) enput it on the table — ponlo en or sobre la mesa
I live on Acacia Avenue — (esp AmE) vivo en Acacia Avenue
on the right/left — a la derecha/izquierda
b) ( belonging to) dec) ( against)2)a) ( of clothing)b) ( about one's person)on a bicycle/horse — en bicicleta/a caballo
4)a) ( playing instrument) aGeorge Smith on drums — George Smith a la or en la batería
b) (Rad, TV)c) ( recorded on) en5)a) ( using equipment)who's on the computer? — ¿quién está usando la computadora?
you've been on the phone an hour! — hace una hora que estás hablando por teléfono!, hace una hora que estás colgado del teléfono! (fam)
b) ( on duty at) ento be on the door — estar* en la puerta
c) ( contactable via)6) ( a member of)she's on the committee — está en la comisión, es miembro de la comisión
on a team — (AmE) en un equipo
7) ( indicating time)on -ing — al + inf
8) (about, concerning) sobrewhile we're on the subject — a propósito, ya que estamos hablando de esto
9)a) (indicating activity, undertaking)on vacation/safari — de vacaciones/safari
we went on a trip to London — hicimos un viaje a Londres, nos fuimos de viaje a Londres
he's on a diet — está a dieta, está a or de régimen
b) (working on, studying)10) (taking, consuming)11) (talking about income, available funds)she's on £30,000 — (BrE) gana 30.000 libras al año
12) ( according to)13) ( at the expense of)this round's on me — a esta ronda invito yo, esta ronda la pago yo
it's on the house — invita la casa, atención de la casa
14)a) ( in comparison with)b) (in) (AmE)
II
1)a) ( worn)she had a blue dress on — llevaba (puesto) or tenía puesto un vestido azul
with no clothes on — sin ropa, desnudo
let's see what it looks like on — a ver cómo queda puesto; see also have on, put on
b) ( in place)to sew a button on — coser or pegar* un botón
3) ( indicating progression)a) ( in space)further on — un poco más allá or más adelante
go on up; I'll follow in a minute — tú ve subiendo que yo ya voy
b) (in time, activity)c)on and off, off and on: we still see each other on and off todavía nos vemos de vez en cuando; it rained on and off o off and on all week — estuvo lloviendo y parando toda la semana
d)on and on: the film went on and on la película se hizo interminable or (fam) pesadísima; you don't have to go on and on about it! — no hace falta que sigas dale y dale con lo mismo (fam)
4) ( in phrases)a)on about — (BrE colloq)
what's she on about? — ¿de qué está hablando?, pero ¿qué dice?
b)on at — (BrE colloq)
III
1) (pred)a) ( functioning)to be on — \<\<light/TV/radio\>\> estar* encendido, estar* prendido (AmL); \<\<faucet\>\> estar* abierto
the electricity/water isn't on yet — la electricidad/el agua todavía no está conectada
b) ( on duty)we work four hours on, four hours off — trabajamos cuatro horas y tenemos otras cuatro de descanso
which of the doctors is on today? — ¿qué médico está de guardia hoy?
2) (pred)a) ( taking place)there's a lecture on in there — hay or están dando una conferencia allí
while the conference is on — mientras dure el congreso, hasta que termine el congreso
b) ( due to take place)the party's definitely on for Friday — la fiesta es or se hace el viernes seguro
is the wedding still on? — ¿no se ha suspendido la boda?
c) ( being presented)what's on at the Renoir? — (Cin, Rad, Theat, TV) ¿qué dan or (Esp tb) ponen or echan en el Renoir?
is that play still on? — ¿sigue en cartelera la obra?
d) (performing, playing)you're on! — ( Theat) a escena!
he has been on for most of the game — ha estado jugando casi todo el partido; see also bring, come, go on
3)a) (indicating agreement, acceptance) (colloq)you teach me Spanish and I'll teach you French - you're on! — tú me enseñas español y yo te enseño francés - trato hecho! or te tomo la palabra!
b)not on — (esp BrE colloq)
[ɒn] When on is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg have on, get on, go on, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, such as broadside on, further on, look up the other word.the idea of finishing by April was never really on — la idea de terminar para abril nunca fue viable
1. PREP1) (indicating place, position) en, sobre•
on page two — en la página dos•
on all sides — por todas partes, por todos lados•
on a day like this — (en) un día como este•
on the evening of July 2nd — el 2 de julio por la tarde3) (=at the time of)on my arrival — al llegar, a mi llegada
4) (=about, concerning) sobre, acerca dea book on physics — un libro de or sobre física
have you read Purnell on Churchill? — ¿has leído los comentarios de Purnell sobre Churchill?
have you heard the boss on the new tax? — ¿has oído lo que dice el jefe acerca de la nueva contribución?
5) (=towards, against)6) (=earning, receiving)he's on £6,000 a year — gana seis mil libras al año
•
many live on less than that — muchos viven con menos7) (=taking, consuming)live on 1.•
I'm on three pills a day — tomo tres píldoras al día8) (=engaged in)10) (=playing)11) (TV, Rad)12) (=about one's person)13) (=after, according to)14) (=compared to)15) (=at the expense of)this round's on me — esta ronda la pago yo, invito yo
the tour was on the Council — la gira la pagó el Consejo, corrió el Consejo con los gastos de la gira
16) liter17) (phrases)•
on account of — a causa de•
on a charge of murder — acusado de homicidio•
on pain of — so pena debase I, 2., 2)•
on time — a la hora, a tiempo2. ADV1) (=in place) [lid etc] puestoscrew onwhat's she got on? — ¿qué lleva puesto?, ¿cómo va vestida?
from that day on — a partir de aquel día, de aquel día en adelante
•
on and off — de vez en cuando, a intervalos•
it was well on in the evening — estaba ya muy entrada la tardefurther 1., 1), later 1., 2)well on in years — entrado en años, que va para viejo
to go/walk on — seguir adelante
•
he rambled on and on — estuvo dale que dale *, estuvo dale y dale (esp LAm)•
and so on — (=and the rest) y demás; (=etc) etcétera•
on with the show! — ¡que empiece or continúe el espectáculo!on with the dancing girls! — ¡que salgan las bailarinas!
5) (in phrases)•
what are you on about? * — ¿de qué (me) hablas?go on•
he's always on at me about it * — me está majando continuamente con eso *3. ADJ1) (=functioning, in operation)to be on — [engine] estar encendido, estar en marcha; [switch] estar encendido or conectado; [machine] estar encendido or funcionando; [light] estar encendido, estar prendido (LAm); [TV set etc] estar encendido, estar puesto, estar prendido (LAm); [tap] estar abierto; [brake etc] estar puesto, estar echado
in the on position — [tap] abierto, en posición de abierto; (Elec) encendido, puesto, prendido (LAm)
2) (=being performed, shown)what's on at the cinema? — ¿qué ponen en el cine?
what's on at the theatre? — ¿qué dan en el teatro?
"what's on in London" — "cartelera de los espectáculos londinenses"
3) (=taking place)is the meeting still on tonight? — ¿sigue en pie la reunión de esta noche?, ¿se lleva a cabo siempre la reunión de esta noche? (LAm)
4) (=arranged)have you got anything on this evening? — ¿tienes compromiso para esta noche?
sorry, I've got something on tonight — lo siento, esta noche tengo un compromiso
5) (=performing, working)to be on — [actor] estar en escena
are you on next? — ¿te toca a ti la próxima vez?
are you on tomorrow? — (=on duty) ¿trabajas mañana?, ¿estás de turno mañana?
6) * (indicating agreement, acceptance)you're on! — ¡te tomo la palabra!
are you still on for dinner tomorrow night? — ¿sigo contando contigo para cenar mañana?
that's not on — (Brit) eso no se hace, no hay derecho
4.EXCL ¡adelante!* * *
I [ɑːn, ɒn]1)a) ( indicating position) enput it on the table — ponlo en or sobre la mesa
I live on Acacia Avenue — (esp AmE) vivo en Acacia Avenue
on the right/left — a la derecha/izquierda
b) ( belonging to) dec) ( against)2)a) ( of clothing)b) ( about one's person)on a bicycle/horse — en bicicleta/a caballo
4)a) ( playing instrument) aGeorge Smith on drums — George Smith a la or en la batería
b) (Rad, TV)c) ( recorded on) en5)a) ( using equipment)who's on the computer? — ¿quién está usando la computadora?
you've been on the phone an hour! — hace una hora que estás hablando por teléfono!, hace una hora que estás colgado del teléfono! (fam)
b) ( on duty at) ento be on the door — estar* en la puerta
c) ( contactable via)6) ( a member of)she's on the committee — está en la comisión, es miembro de la comisión
on a team — (AmE) en un equipo
7) ( indicating time)on -ing — al + inf
8) (about, concerning) sobrewhile we're on the subject — a propósito, ya que estamos hablando de esto
9)a) (indicating activity, undertaking)on vacation/safari — de vacaciones/safari
we went on a trip to London — hicimos un viaje a Londres, nos fuimos de viaje a Londres
he's on a diet — está a dieta, está a or de régimen
b) (working on, studying)10) (taking, consuming)11) (talking about income, available funds)she's on £30,000 — (BrE) gana 30.000 libras al año
12) ( according to)13) ( at the expense of)this round's on me — a esta ronda invito yo, esta ronda la pago yo
it's on the house — invita la casa, atención de la casa
14)a) ( in comparison with)b) (in) (AmE)
II
1)a) ( worn)she had a blue dress on — llevaba (puesto) or tenía puesto un vestido azul
with no clothes on — sin ropa, desnudo
let's see what it looks like on — a ver cómo queda puesto; see also have on, put on
b) ( in place)to sew a button on — coser or pegar* un botón
3) ( indicating progression)a) ( in space)further on — un poco más allá or más adelante
go on up; I'll follow in a minute — tú ve subiendo que yo ya voy
b) (in time, activity)c)on and off, off and on: we still see each other on and off todavía nos vemos de vez en cuando; it rained on and off o off and on all week — estuvo lloviendo y parando toda la semana
d)on and on: the film went on and on la película se hizo interminable or (fam) pesadísima; you don't have to go on and on about it! — no hace falta que sigas dale y dale con lo mismo (fam)
4) ( in phrases)a)on about — (BrE colloq)
what's she on about? — ¿de qué está hablando?, pero ¿qué dice?
b)on at — (BrE colloq)
III
1) (pred)a) ( functioning)to be on — \<\<light/TV/radio\>\> estar* encendido, estar* prendido (AmL); \<\<faucet\>\> estar* abierto
the electricity/water isn't on yet — la electricidad/el agua todavía no está conectada
b) ( on duty)we work four hours on, four hours off — trabajamos cuatro horas y tenemos otras cuatro de descanso
which of the doctors is on today? — ¿qué médico está de guardia hoy?
2) (pred)a) ( taking place)there's a lecture on in there — hay or están dando una conferencia allí
while the conference is on — mientras dure el congreso, hasta que termine el congreso
b) ( due to take place)the party's definitely on for Friday — la fiesta es or se hace el viernes seguro
is the wedding still on? — ¿no se ha suspendido la boda?
c) ( being presented)what's on at the Renoir? — (Cin, Rad, Theat, TV) ¿qué dan or (Esp tb) ponen or echan en el Renoir?
is that play still on? — ¿sigue en cartelera la obra?
d) (performing, playing)you're on! — ( Theat) a escena!
he has been on for most of the game — ha estado jugando casi todo el partido; see also bring, come, go on
3)a) (indicating agreement, acceptance) (colloq)you teach me Spanish and I'll teach you French - you're on! — tú me enseñas español y yo te enseño francés - trato hecho! or te tomo la palabra!
b)not on — (esp BrE colloq)
-
94 there
there adv allí / allá / ahídon't just stand there, do something no te quedes ahí parado, haz algothere is / there are haytr[ðeəSMALLr/SMALL]1 allí, allá, ahí■ don't just sit there, do something no te quedes ahí sentado, haz algo■ it's over there, on the table está por allí, en la mesa2 (in discussion) acerca de eso\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLnot to be all there faltarle a uno un tornillothere and then en el momentothere is/are, etc→ link=be be{there you are aquí tienethere you go ya estáthere you go again ya empiezas otra vezthere, there vamos, venga, ya estáthere ['ðær] adv1) : ahí, allí, allástand over there: párate ahíover there: por allí, por alláwho's there?: ¿quién es?2) : ahí, en esto, en esothere is where we disagree: en eso es donde no estamos de acuerdothere pronthere comes a time to decide: llega un momento en que tiene uno que decidir2)there is, there are : haythere are many children here: aquí hay muchos niñosthere's a good hotel downtown: hay un buen hotel en el centroadv.• acullá adv.• ahí adv.• allá adv.• allí adv.
I ðer, ðeə(r)1)a) ( close to person being addressed) ahí; ( further away) allí, ahí (esp AmL); (less precise, further) alláwhat have you got there? — ¿qué tienes ahí?
up/down there — ahí arriba/abajo
you there! — (colloq) oye, tú! (fam), che(, vos)! (RPl fam)
to have been there (before) — (colloq)
I know what it's like, I've been there before — ya sé lo que es, a mí también me ha tocado pasar por eso
b) (in phrases)there and then: they solved it for me there and then me lo resolvieron en el acto or en el momento; I made up my mind there and then to ask her en ese mismo momento me decidí a pedírselo; so there! — (colloq) para que sepas! (fam)
2) (calling attention to something, pointing something out etc)there's the bell, it must be her! — el timbre! debe de ser ella
there you are — ( giving something) aquí tiene
there we are: that's that done! — ya está! listo!
it's a pity, but there we o you are — es una lástima pero así son las cosas
there he goes: politics again! — ya está otra vez con la política!
eat it all up, theres a good boy — vamos, comételo todo así me gusta!
3)a) ( present)who's there? — ( at the door) ¿quién es?; ( in the dark) ¿quién anda ahí?
is Tony there? — ¿está Tony?
not to be all there — (colloq)
he's not all there — le falta un tornillo (fam), no está bien de la cabeza (fam)
b) ( at destination)4)a) ( at that point)b) ( at that point)you're right there — ahí or en eso tienes razón
5) (as interj)a) ( when action is complete)b) (coaxing, soothing)there, there, don't cry! — vamos or (Esp tb) venga or (Méx tb) ándale, no llores
there now! see how easy it is? — ahí está ¿ves qué fácil es?
II ðer weak form ðər, ðeə(r) weak form ðə(r)there is/are — hay
there was — había/hubo
there's no sugar left — no queda azúcar, se ha acabado el azúcar
there comes a time when... — llega un momento en el que...
1. [ðɛǝ(r)]ADVput it there, on the table — ponlo ahí, en la mesa
there he is! — ¡allí está!
there's the bus — ahí viene el autobús, ya viene el autobús
there we were, stuck — así que nos encontramos allí sin podernos mover
we left him back there at the crossroads — lo dejamos allí atrás, en el cruce
•
to be there for sb — (=supportive) estar al lado de algn, apoyar a algn•
down there on the floor — ahí en el sueloI'm going to London, my sister's already down there — voy a Londres, mi hermana ya está allí
•
it's in there — está ahí dentro•
it's on there — está ahí encima•
it's over there by the TV — está allí, junto al televisor•
there and then — en el acto, en seguida•
they're through there in the dining room — están por esa puerta or por ahí, en el comedor•
what's the cat doing up there? — ¿qué hace el gato ahí arriba?•
hurry up there! — ¡menearse!•
mind out there! — ¡cuidado ahí!•
move along there! — (on street) ¡retírense!; (in bus, train) ¡muévanse!, ¡no se paren, sigan para atrás!3) (=in existence, available)if the demand is there, the product will appear — si existe la demanda, aparecerá el producto
it's no good asking because the money just isn't there — no sirve de nada pedir dinero, sencillamente porque no hay
is John there, please? — (on phone) ¿está John?
4) (=on that point) en esothere we differ — en eso discrepamos or no estamos de acuerdo
there you are wrong — ahí se equivoca, en eso te equivocas
5) (=at that point)•
we'll leave it there for today — lo dejaremos aquí por hoy•
could I just stop you there and say something? — ¿puedo interrumpirte para decir algo al respecto?6) (emphasizing, pointing out)there, now look what you've done! — desde luego, ¡mira lo que has hecho!
•
there you are, what did I tell you! — ¿ves? es lo que te dije"there you are," - he said, handing the book over — -ahí lo tienes -dijo, entregando el libro
•
there you go again, upsetting the children — ¿vuelta a las andadas, molestando a los niños?, ¿ya estamos otra vez molestando a los niños?it wasn't what I wanted, but there you go * — no era lo que buscaba, pero ¿qué le vamos a hacer?
•
I'm not going, so there! * — pues no voy, y fastídiate *2.PRONthere is, there are — hay
there were ten bottles — había or (esp LAm) habían diez botellas
how many are there? — ¿cuántos hay?
are there any bananas? — ¿hay plátanos?
is there any coffee? — ¿hay café?
•
there might be time/room — puede que haya tiempo/sitio3.[ðɛǝ(r)]EXCLthere, drink this — bebe esto
there, there — (comforting) no te preocupes, no pasa nada
THERE IS, THERE ARE ► Unlike there is/are {etc}, hay, hubo, había, ha habido {etc} do not change to reflect number:but there, what's the use? — pero ¡vamos!, es inútil
There were two kidnappings and a murder Hubo dos secuestros y un asesinato
Will there be many students at the party? ¿Habrá muchos estudiantes en la fiesta? ► To translate there must be, there may be {etc}, you can use tiene que haber, debe (de) haber, puede haber {etc} although other constructions will also be possible:
There may be a strike Puede haber or Puede que haya huelga
There must be all sorts of things we could do Tiene que haber muchas cosas que podamos hacer ► If there is/ there are is followed by the, you should normally not use hay {etc}. Use estar instead:
And then there are the neighbours to consider Están también los vecinos, a los que hay que tener en cuenta
There is also the question of the money transfer Está también la cuestión de la transferencia del dinero ► Hay {etc} should only be used to talk about existence and occurrence. Don't use it to talk about location. Use estar instead to say where things are:
After the shop there's the bus station Después de la tienda está la estación de autobuses ► Don't use hay {etc} to translate phrases like there are four of us, there will be six of them. Instead, use ser in the relevant person:
There are four of us Somos cuatro
There will be six of them Serán seis ► Remember to use que in the construction hay algo que hacer ( there is sth to do):
There is a lot to do Hay mucho que hacer
What is there to do? ¿Qué hay que hacer? For further uses and examples, see there* * *
I [ðer, ðeə(r)]1)a) ( close to person being addressed) ahí; ( further away) allí, ahí (esp AmL); (less precise, further) alláwhat have you got there? — ¿qué tienes ahí?
up/down there — ahí arriba/abajo
you there! — (colloq) oye, tú! (fam), che(, vos)! (RPl fam)
to have been there (before) — (colloq)
I know what it's like, I've been there before — ya sé lo que es, a mí también me ha tocado pasar por eso
b) (in phrases)there and then: they solved it for me there and then me lo resolvieron en el acto or en el momento; I made up my mind there and then to ask her en ese mismo momento me decidí a pedírselo; so there! — (colloq) para que sepas! (fam)
2) (calling attention to something, pointing something out etc)there's the bell, it must be her! — el timbre! debe de ser ella
there you are — ( giving something) aquí tiene
there we are: that's that done! — ya está! listo!
it's a pity, but there we o you are — es una lástima pero así son las cosas
there he goes: politics again! — ya está otra vez con la política!
eat it all up, theres a good boy — vamos, comételo todo así me gusta!
3)a) ( present)who's there? — ( at the door) ¿quién es?; ( in the dark) ¿quién anda ahí?
is Tony there? — ¿está Tony?
not to be all there — (colloq)
he's not all there — le falta un tornillo (fam), no está bien de la cabeza (fam)
b) ( at destination)4)a) ( at that point)b) ( at that point)you're right there — ahí or en eso tienes razón
5) (as interj)a) ( when action is complete)b) (coaxing, soothing)there, there, don't cry! — vamos or (Esp tb) venga or (Méx tb) ándale, no llores
there now! see how easy it is? — ahí está ¿ves qué fácil es?
II [ðer] weak form [ðər, ðeə(r)] weak form [ðə(r)]there is/are — hay
there was — había/hubo
there's no sugar left — no queda azúcar, se ha acabado el azúcar
there comes a time when... — llega un momento en el que...
-
95 topless
1) (having no top.) sin la parte de arriba2) (very high.) de una altura desmesuradaMultiple Entries: top-less topless
top-less,◊ topless /'toples/ sustantivo masculino: el topless es habitual aquí it is quite normal for people to go topless here
topless sustantivo masculino
1 (semidesnudez femenina) ir en topless, to go topless
tomar el sol en topless, topless sunbathing
2 (un bar con camareras) cerca de mi casa hay un topless, there's a topless bar near my house ' topless' also found in these entries: Spanish: top-less English: toplesstr['tɒpləs]1 desnudo,-a de cintura para arriba'tɑːpləs, 'tɒplɪsadjective topless['tɒplɪs]to go topless — andar* topless
1.ADJ topless2.ADV3.CPDtopless bar N — bar m topless
topless swimsuit N — monoquini m
* * *['tɑːpləs, 'tɒplɪs]adjective toplessto go topless — andar* topless
-
96 topless
1 topless\en topless topless* * *----* modelo de topless = topless model.* * ** modelo de topless = topless model.* * *
Multiple Entries:
top-less
topless
top-less,◊ topless /'toples/ sustantivo masculino: el topless es habitual aquí it is quite normal for people to go topless here
topless sustantivo masculino
1 (semidesnudez femenina) ir en topless, to go topless
tomar el sol en topless, topless sunbathing
2 (un bar con camareras) cerca de mi casa hay un topless, there's a topless bar near my house
' topless' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
top-less
English:
topless
* * *topless ['toples] nm inv1. [práctica] topless sunbathing;en topless topless;hacer topless, ponerse en topless to go topless2. [bar] topless bar -
97 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
98 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------ -
99 إلى
إلى \ to: showing possession or position: It belongs to them. It was stuck to the wall, in expressions of place and time; showing where sb. or sth. goes; showing an aim or limit; showing a point that is reached: We walked to school. He jumped on to the table. I was away from June to October. against: touching (usually sth. upright): He pressed his nose against the glass. for: towards: We set off for home. into: showing a change of condition: The castle was turned into a hotel. till, until: up to (a certain time): We waited from 6.30 till midnight. \ إلى \ there: in or to that place: Let’s go there; we line there. \ See Also في ذلك المكان \ إلى \ somewhere: in or to some place (but usu. anywhere in negative sentences and questions): I’ve met him somewhere before. Let’s go somewhere peaceful (to some peaceful place). \ See Also أو في مَكانٍ ما \ إلى الأبَد \ forever: (also two words: (for ever) for always; endlessly: I can’t wait forever. \ إلى أَبْعَد حَدّ \ exceedingly: very: He’s exceedingly clever. extremely: very: You’re extremely kind. \ إلى أَبْعَد الحُدود \ ever so: very: It’s ever so easy. \ إلى أَبْعَد مِن \ farther: at or to a greater distance: I was too tired to go farther. \ إلى اتّجاه آخر \ round: so as to face in a different or opposite direction: The wind went round from east to north. He turned the car round and went back. \ إلى الاتّجاه المُضادّ \ round: so as to face in a different or opposite direction: The wind went round from east to north. He turned the car round and went back. \ إلى الآخِر \ right: all the way: Go right to the end of the road. Go right back to the beginning. \ إلى أَسْفَل \ down: from a higher level to a lower one: The aeroplane came down slowly, from a higher level to a lower one: I climbed down the tree. The rope hung down the wall. downward, downwards: in a downward direction: He lay, face downwards, on the grass. over: to from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. \ إلى أَعْلَى \ up: towards the top of: We climbed up the hill, in or to higher position: She lives up in the hills. She looked up at the stars. He got up from his chair. Prices often go up. uphill: up a slope: The road winds uphill for a mile. upward: in an upward direction: The aeroplane flew upwards. \ إلى أَعْلَى وإلى أسفل \ up and down: off the ground and back to it; higher and lower: He was jumping up and down. He waved his stick up and down. \ إلى أَقْصَى ما أعرِفه عنه \ to the best of sb.’s knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ إلى الأَمام \ along: on; forward: She hurried along. forth: old use forwards; onwards. forward: also forwards towards the front: He stepped forward(s) to greet me. \ إلى أَن \ (prep. fml.) pending: until: I put his letter in a drawer, pending his arrival. till: up to the time when: I waited till he was ready. until: up to the time that: She stayed until I returned. \ إلى الآن \ hitherto: up to now: Hitherto, he had never been absent from work. \ إلى أو بارتفاع الرُّكبة \ knee-deep: up to the knees: The river was only knee-deep. \ إلى أو في الاتِّجاه المُعَاكِس \ about: facing the opposite way: The ship turned about and came back to harbour. \ إلى أو في داخِل \ into: (showing direction) in: He fell into a hole. She came into the house. \ إلى أو نحو الأرض \ down: on to the ground: I fell down. He knocked me down. \ إلى أو نَحْوَ الدّاخِل \ inwards: towards the inside: The door opened inwards. \ إلى أيّ حَدّ \ any: (with comparative words) at all; in any way: Do you feel any better?He’s too old to go any faster. \ إلى أَيْنَ؟ \ where: in or to what place: Where do you live? Where are you going?. \ إلى الجانِب الآخر \ over: across, from one side to the other: The gate was locked, so he climbed over. \ إلى الجهة الأخرى \ the other way round: in the opposite direction; happening in another order or relationship: Turn the chair the other way round so that you can see out of the window. George didn’t hit John - it was the other way round (John hit George). \ إلى الجهة أو الناحية الأخرى \ over: so that a different side is upwards: Turn the page over. Roll the body over. \ إلى حَدّ أنّهُ \ so: showing an effect: It was so cold that the water froze. He’s not so ill as to need a doctor. \ إلى حَدٍّ بعيد \ by far: by a long way or very much: He is by far the better player of the two. He plays better by far. largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. quite: (often followed by but) not very, but reasonably; fairly: She’s quite tall, but not as tall as you. He’s quite a nice boy, but he’s lazy. stiff: (with the verbs bore, scare, worry) to a state of tiredness; nearly to death: Long speeches bore me stiff. \ إلى حَدٍّ كبير \ enormously: very greatly: I enjoyed myself enormously. madly: in a mad way; very much: He’s madly keen on football. much: greatly: I don’t much like it. such: of a kind that produces a certain result: It was such a heavy box that I could not lift it. Its weight was such that I could not lift it. \ إلى حَدٍّ ما \ fairly: (with an adj. or adv.) slightly; not completely: a fairly easy job; fairly well done. moderately: reasonably; quite, but not very: I’m moderately sure about it. It was a moderately warm day. more or less: about, but not exactly: She’s more or less ready, but she can’t find her handbag. partially: not wholly; not completely: He’s partially blind. partly: not completely; in regard to a part: It was partly my fault, and partly his. rather: not very, but fairly: I was rather sorry to miss that meeting. We arrived rather (slightly) earlier than we expected. reasonably: fairly; enough, but not completely: I’m reasonably certain of success. slightly: a little: He’s slightly taller than I am. somewhat: rather: He’s somewhat older than you are. to a certain degree: not completely: To a certain degree, it was my fault. pretty: fairly; comparatively: a pretty cheap car (cheaper than most cars). \ See Also جزئيا (جزئيًّا)، باعتدال، تقريبا (تقريبًا) \ إلى حَيْثُ \ where: in or to the place in which: I’m going where I always go. Leave him where he is. \ See Also حيث (حَيْثُ) \ إلى الخَارج \ abroad: in or to another country: I spent my holiday abroad. out: from inside: The door opened and a man came out. \ See Also في الخَارِج \ إلى الخَلْف \ back: away from the front: Stand back from the fire. backward(s): towards the back: He fell over backwards. \ إلى داخِل \ in: showing entrance or direction: He looked in through the window. He came in. He threw a stone in. inside: on (or to) the inside of: Please wait inside the room. \ See Also في داخِل \ إلى درجة أَقَلّ \ down: less; to a weaker or lower state: First heat the metal up, then cool it down. We must cut down our costs. \ إلى الطَّابق الأَسْفَل \ down: downstairs: He’s out of bed and he’ll be down in a minute. downstairs: down the stairs: He hurried downstairs. \ إلى غير رَجْعَة \ for good: for ever: I’ve stopped smoking for good. \ إلى فَوْق \ up: towards the top of: We climbed up the hill. \ See Also فوق (فَوْق) \ إلى قِطع صغيرة \ to bits: (after verbs like come, go, fall, blow, cut, tear) into little pieces: My glasses fell to bits on the floor. \ إلى ما قبلَ (وقت محدد) \ hitherto: up to now; up to the past time already spoken of: Hitherto, he had never been absent from work. \ إلى النِّهاية \ out: completely: I was tired out. right: all the way: Go right to the end of the road. up: (with verbs) completely; to the end: Finish up your food. \ إلى هذا الحَدّ \ so far: until now: We’ve won six games so far. this: so: I didn’t expect him to be this late (so late as he is) The fish was only this big (the size that I’m showing you). \ See Also حتّى الآن \ إلى هُنا \ here: at, in or to this place: I live here. Come here! He lives near here. Is the hospital far from here?. \ See Also هنا (هُنا) \ إلى هُناك \ there: to that place: Let’s go there. \ See Also هناك (هُناك) \ إلى اليَمين \ clockwise: in the direction taken by the hands of a clock: To open this lock, turn the key clockwise (or in a clockwise direction). -
100 далеко не
1) General subject: a long way off, anything but, by no means, far from, not anywhere near, not bv a long way, not by a jugful, not by a long chalk, not by a long shot, not by a long way, not near, not nearly, nothing less than, nowhere near, not by a darn sight2) Mathematics: by far not, far from (being), far from being3) Idiomatic expression: by a long stretch of the imagination
См. также в других словарях:
Near Eastern archaeology — (sometimes known as Middle Eastern archaeology) is a regional branch of the wider, global discipline of Archaeology. It refers generally to the excavation and study of artifacts and material culture of the Near East from antiquity to the recent… … Wikipedia
Near field — may refer to: Near field (mathematics), an algebraic structure Near and far field, parts of an electromagnetic field Near field communication, a set of short range wireless technologies, typically requiring a distance of 4 cm or less Near field… … Wikipedia
Near-field electromagnetic ranging — (NFER) refers to any radio technology employing the near field properties of radio waves as a Real Time Location System (RTLS). Contents 1 Overview 2 Technical Discussion 2.1 Advantages … Wikipedia
Near-Earth asteroid — Near Earth asteroids (NEAs) are asteroids whose orbits are close to Earth s orbit. All near Earth asteroids spend part of their orbits between 0.983 and 1.3 astronomical units away from the Sun. Some near Earth asteroids orbits intersect Earth s… … Wikipedia
Near-infrared spectroscopy — Near IR absorption spectrum of dichloromethane showing complicated overlapping overtones of mid IR absorption features. Near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) is a spectroscopic method that uses the near infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum … Wikipedia
Less-lethal weapon — Less lethal weapons, less than lethal weapons, non lethal weapons, non deadly weapons, or, more recently, compliance weapons are weapons intended to be unlikely to kill or to cause great bodily injury to a living target. In the past, police (or… … Wikipedia
Near-death studies — is a school of psychology and psychiatry that studies the phenomenology and after effects of a Near death experience (NDE). Contents 1 NDE (Near death experience) 2 Research history and background 3 Journal of Near … Wikipedia
Less than Perfect — Original cast Format Situation comedy Created by Terri Minsky … Wikipedia
near´ness — near «nihr», adverb, adjective, preposition, verb. –adv. 1. to or at a short distance; not far; close: »The holiday season is drawing near. They searched near and far. 2. close in relation; closely: »tribes near allied. 3. close to something in… … Useful english dictionary
Near infrared spectroscopy — (NIRS) is a spectroscopic method utilising the near infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum (from about 800 nm to 2500 nm). Typical applications include pharmaceutical, medical diagnostics (including blood sugar and oximetry), food and… … Wikipedia
Less than truckload shipping — Less Than Truckload (LTL) shipping is the transportation of relatively small freight. The alternatives to LTL carriers are parcel carriers or full truckload carriers. Parcel carriers usually handle small packages and freight that can be broken… … Wikipedia